08.01.2015 Views

For The Defense, February 2012 - DRI Today

For The Defense, February 2012 - DRI Today

For The Defense, February 2012 - DRI Today

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

Complex Questions. Answered.<br />

Rimkus has the forensic methodology and the seasoned professionals to<br />

piece together the cause of all types of incidents. Our highly diversified, global<br />

team of forensic engineering and scientific experts are adept at investigating and<br />

analyzing facts across a broad spectrum of products, industries and applications.<br />

Our clients can count on timely delivery, clear communication – and answers to<br />

some very complex questions.<br />

www.rimkus.com • 800-580-3228


On <strong>The</strong> Record<br />

A Teachable Moment Rings True<br />

In Search of Our Voice<br />

By J. Michael Weston, <strong>DRI</strong> First Vice President<br />

According to Wikipedia, the alpha and omega of knowledge<br />

in the twenty- first century, a teachable moment is<br />

“the time at which learning a particular topic or idea become<br />

possible or easiest.” One never knows how and when<br />

teachable moments occur, but when they do they are certainly<br />

worth noting and acting upon. I had a teachable<br />

moment when I attended the Southwest Regional Meeting<br />

in Santa Fe, New Mexico, last August. I sat in a gathering<br />

of 15–20 great bar leaders from the states in the<br />

Southwest Region, along with <strong>DRI</strong> Past Presidents Burt<br />

Johnson, John Martin and Cary Hiltgen, and Southwest<br />

Regional Director Kevin Driskill. I listened to the accomplishments<br />

of the various state and local defense organizations<br />

and heard their plans for the upcoming year.<br />

Texas Association of <strong>Defense</strong> Counsel (TADC) President<br />

Keith O’Donnell chronicled the past year in Texas.<br />

He reported on the very difficult year that Texas defense<br />

counsel had experienced in dealing with draconian tort<br />

reform that was being pushed through the Texas legislature.<br />

(Included among the provisions was “loser pays.”)<br />

Thanks to the good work of the TADC, in cooperation<br />

with the Texas chapter of ABOTA (led by <strong>DRI</strong> National<br />

Director David Chamberlain), many of the provisions<br />

were softened and the rights of its citizens to utilize the<br />

courts for civil disputes protected. However as he discussed<br />

the work of the TADC, Keith looked at me and<br />

firmly said, “<strong>DRI</strong> ain’t the voice of the defense bar.” (He<br />

may not have said “ain’t” but it felt like he did.)<br />

Keith went on to talk about what is important to defense<br />

lawyers as they represent their clients and as they<br />

build and maintain their careers. He talked about access<br />

to the courts and ensuring that the playing field remains<br />

fair. He rightly questioned whether <strong>DRI</strong> spoke in that<br />

voice when it touted itself as the “voice of the defense bar.”<br />

<strong>For</strong> me it was a teachable moment. As I flew back to<br />

Iowa after the conference, I reflected on the many positions<br />

that <strong>DRI</strong> takes on your behalf as members of the<br />

civil defense bar. I thought about instances where the<br />

positions we have taken were what members like Keith<br />

rightly expect, and others that may not have been.<br />

In the months that followed, <strong>DRI</strong> Executive Director<br />

John Kouris traveled the country and visited with SLDO<br />

leaders to discuss how we can best serve one another<br />

and our respective members. A common theme was that<br />

the states want <strong>DRI</strong> to speak effectively on behalf of its<br />

members—defense lawyers. Some questioned whether<br />

we were.<br />

In response the Executive Committee of <strong>DRI</strong><br />

announced the <strong>DRI</strong> Center for Law and Public Policy.<br />

Developed and championed by President Henry Sneath,<br />

the Center will strive to make <strong>DRI</strong> more consistent,<br />

responsive advocates of the interests of our members.<br />

It will help <strong>DRI</strong> establish a consistent voice that is recognized<br />

in the legal and general community. Past President<br />

Marc Williams will serve as the inaugural chair<br />

of the Center. Look for developments in the weeks and<br />

months ahead.<br />

Along with the Center, we will continue to address<br />

important issues to the defense bar. Recall that our efforts<br />

include among others the following programming.<br />

<strong>The</strong> National Foundation for Judicial Excellence<br />

Founded in 2005, the National Foundation for Judicial<br />

Excellence (NFJE) provides free judicial education to<br />

state court appellate judges around the country. <strong>The</strong> goal<br />

of the NFJE is to present different aspects of legal issues<br />

that judges confront in their states fairly, clearly defining<br />

the defense perspective on each topic. Judges and justices<br />

from 46 states have attended in the past. (Please consider<br />

contributing to this worthy effort.)<br />

Lawyers for Civil Justice<br />

In cooperation with the leadership of our sister organizations,<br />

the IADC and FDCC, <strong>DRI</strong> has created and fostered<br />

Lawyers for Civil Justice (LCJ), a national think<br />

tank dedicated to protecting the rights of defendants in<br />

civil litigation. LCJ has taken on such topics as the criminalization<br />

of corporate counsel activity, and streamlining<br />

the rules of discovery such that our courts can be<br />

used to resolve civil disputes efficiently. It is our belief<br />

that litigants should use the court system because it is<br />

fair and efficient. If the rules of discovery exact such a<br />

financial burden on our clients that they are unwilling<br />

to utilize the court system, they will not utilize the services<br />

of our members.<br />

Amicus Committee<br />

In 2011 <strong>DRI</strong> was as active as any other organization or<br />

trade association in terms of the filing of amicus curiae<br />

briefs. We supported the defendant in Dukes v. Wal-<br />

Mart, a U.S. Supreme Court decision that protected the<br />

rights of our clients to defend themselves in individual<br />

litigation rather than be swept up in aggregate litigation<br />

On <strong>The</strong> Record, continued on page 7<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 1


<strong>DRI</strong>—<strong>The</strong> Voice<br />

of the <strong>Defense</strong> Bar<br />

Vol. 54, No. 2 <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

President<br />

Henry M. Sneath<br />

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania<br />

Immediate Past President R. Matthew Cairns<br />

Concord, New Hampshire<br />

President-Elect<br />

1st Vice President<br />

2nd Vice President<br />

Secretary-Treasurer<br />

Executive Director<br />

Mary Massaron Ross<br />

Detroit, Michigan<br />

J. Michael Weston<br />

Cedar Rapids, Iowa<br />

John Parker Sweeney<br />

Baltimore, Maryland<br />

Laura E. Proctor<br />

Nashville, Tennessee<br />

John R. Kouris<br />

Deputy Executive Director Tyler Howes<br />

Director of Publications<br />

Editor<br />

Production Manager<br />

Contributing Editor<br />

Advertising<br />

Representative<br />

Jay Ludlam<br />

Michelle Parrini<br />

Julia Bergerud<br />

Marge Motluck<br />

Laurie P. Mokry<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong>, <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong>, Vol. 54, No. 2 (ISSN<br />

0015-6884). Copyright ©<strong>2012</strong>, <strong>DRI</strong>. All rights reserved.<br />

Published monthly by <strong>DRI</strong>, 55 West Monroe Street ~<br />

Suite 2000, Chicago, Illinois 60603. Telephone: (312)<br />

795-1101. Fax: (312) 795-0747.<br />

Periodicals postage paid at Chicago, Illinois, and at<br />

additional mailing offices. Subscription price is $65.00<br />

per year, and, for <strong>DRI</strong> members, is included in the membership<br />

dues. Individual copies are $7.00 for <strong>DRI</strong> members<br />

and $12.00 for non-members, plus postage and<br />

handling.<br />

POSTMASTER: Send address changes to <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong><br />

<strong>Defense</strong>, <strong>DRI</strong>, 55 West Monroe Street ~ Suite 2000, Chicago,<br />

Illinois 60603.<br />

Correspondence and manuscripts should be sent to<br />

the Editor.<br />

All views, opinions and conclusions expressed in this<br />

magazine are those of the authors, and do not necessarily<br />

reflect the opinion and/or policy of <strong>DRI</strong> and its<br />

leadership.<br />

In This Issue<br />

1 On <strong>The</strong> Record<br />

A Teachable Moment Rings True: In Search of Our Voice<br />

By J. Michael Weston, <strong>DRI</strong> First Vice President<br />

4 <strong>DRI</strong> News<br />

Members on the Move • <strong>DRI</strong> Calendar • <strong>DRI</strong> Committee Leadership Gathers<br />

in Chicago • <strong>DRI</strong> Webcasts: Young Lawyers Survival Series Continues<br />

Pretrial Litigation<br />

8 Protect High-Level Corporate Officials from Unnecessary Depositions<br />

Use of the Apex Doctrine<br />

By Christopher M. Tauro and Kip J. Adams<br />

Women in the Law<br />

12 Shattering the Glass Ceiling<br />

A Survival Strategy for Women<br />

By Pamela W. Carter<br />

Electronic Discovery<br />

16 From the Chair<br />

A Port in the Storm<br />

of Change<br />

By Mark S. Sidoti<br />

18 Controlling E-Discovery<br />

Drafting an Effective Records-<br />

Management Policy<br />

By John J. Jablonski and Phillip J. Duffy<br />

Retail and Hospitality<br />

36 From the Chair<br />

Creating a Preeminent<br />

<strong>For</strong>um<br />

By Paul Caleo<br />

38 In the Real World<br />

Reducing Liability from<br />

Dram Shop Laws<br />

By Stephen K. Talpins and H. Jacey Kaps<br />

24 Company-Enabled Technologies,<br />

Social Networking Platforms,<br />

and Mobile Devices<br />

Managing Electronic Discovery<br />

and Compliance Risks<br />

By John D. Martin and Heyward D. Bonyata<br />

30 Local Rules, Procedures,<br />

and Model Orders<br />

<strong>The</strong> Progress of E-Discovery<br />

By G. Franklin McKnight and Kymberly Kochis<br />

44 Shop, Stop and Roll<br />

Detaining Shoplifters Without<br />

Incurring Civil Liability<br />

By Jennifer M. Herrmann<br />

and Marci D. Guevara<br />

46 Slip and Fall in Aisle Four<br />

Modern Premises Liability<br />

Challenges to Retail Operations<br />

By Renee W. Dwyer and Russell N. Jarem<br />

Government Enforcement and C o r p o r at e C o m p l i a n c e<br />

52 From the Chair<br />

Monitoring Government’s<br />

Changing Attitudes<br />

By Jonathan N. Rosen<br />

54 In Search of a More Flexible Approach<br />

Uneven Practices in False<br />

Claims Act Settlements<br />

By Aaron M. Danzig<br />

58 <strong>The</strong> Detention Provisions of the<br />

NDAA for Fiscal Year <strong>2012</strong><br />

Is It Worth the Cost of Liberty<br />

By Juliane Balliro<br />

61 Think Globally<br />

Developments in the Class Action Landscape: <strong>For</strong>um Shopping North of the Border<br />

By Lisa D. Parliament and Myriam Seers<br />

62 <strong>Defense</strong> Ethics and Professionalism<br />

Seven Legal Sins: Lessons from Mohandas Gandhi, Esq.<br />

By Winston N. Harless<br />

72 Advocates and New Members<br />

2 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong>


SURE YOU’RE SEEING THE WHOLE PICTURE<br />

Westlaw Litigator® puts everything you need in a single location, so you won’t miss critical<br />

information. Millions of online briefs and trial documents. ALR.® <strong>For</strong>ms. Jury Verdicts. Enhanced<br />

Cases. Expert Reports, Case Management tools, and much more. All the tools, content, and solutions<br />

you need at every stage of a case, fully integrated, easily accessible. Find what you need quickly,<br />

and with confidence that you’ve missed nothing. See the full picture for yourself.<br />

Visit westlawlitigator.com or call 1-800-REF-ATTY (733-2889).<br />

© 2010 Thomson Reuters L-359993/8-10<br />

Thomson Reuters and the Kinesis logo are trademarks of Thomson Reuters.


<strong>DRI</strong> Services<br />

55 West Monroe Street<br />

Suite 2000<br />

Chicago, Illinois 60603<br />

Phone (312) 795-1101<br />

Fax (312) 795-0747<br />

Internet www.dri.org<br />

E-mail dri@dri.org<br />

Hours<br />

8:30-4:30 CST<br />

Monday-Friday<br />

<strong>DRI</strong> Staff Contacts (direct-dial<br />

numbers in area code 312).<br />

■ Membership Services<br />

■ Change of Address<br />

■ Group Life Insurance<br />

■ Disability and<br />

Major Medical<br />

■ Accidental Death<br />

and Dismembermemt<br />

■ Professional Liability<br />

Insurance<br />

■ <strong>DRI</strong> Credit Card Program<br />

e-mail: membership@dri.org<br />

Cheryl Palombizio, 698-6207<br />

Ashley Chase, 698-6250<br />

Marge Motluck, 698-6237<br />

Sarah M. Vlcek, 698-6258<br />

■ <strong>DRI</strong> Committees<br />

e-mail: committees@dri.org<br />

Lynn Conneen, 698-6221<br />

Char Graczyk, 698-6243<br />

■ Meeting Services<br />

Lisa M. Sykes, 698-6233<br />

Beth DeMars, 698-6234<br />

Sandra Galindo, 698-6254<br />

■ Annual Meeting<br />

e-mail: annualmeeting@dri.org<br />

■ Advertising/Marketing/<br />

Sponsorship<br />

e-mail: marketing@dri.org<br />

Katie Malinich, 698-6256<br />

Laurie P. Mokry, 698-6259<br />

Megan O’Neil, 698-6244<br />

■ Expert Witness Database<br />

■ <strong>DRI</strong> Online<br />

■ Website Content Mgmt<br />

e-mail: ewd@dri.org<br />

John Hovis, 698-6218<br />

■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong><br />

e-mail: ftd@dri.org<br />

■ In-House <strong>Defense</strong> Quarterly<br />

e-mail: idq@dri.org<br />

Jay Ludlam, 698-6210<br />

■ <strong>The</strong> Voice<br />

e-mail: thevoice@dri.org<br />

Barb Lowery, 698-6219<br />

■ Legislation<br />

e-mail: legislation@dri.org<br />

■ Publication Orders<br />

e-mail: publ-orders@dri.org<br />

■ Seminars<br />

e-mail: seminars@dri.org<br />

Jennifer Cout, 698-6205<br />

Stefanie R. Favia, 698-6241<br />

■ Webconferences/CLE<br />

Jamie Rocks, 698-6212<br />

■ Customer Service<br />

e-mail: custservice@dri.org<br />

Tiffany Caldwell, 698-6230<br />

Angelique Diaz-Rodriguez,<br />

698-6257<br />

Shnese Ingram, 698-6255<br />

■ Website<br />

■ Discussion Lists<br />

e-mail: webmaster@dri.org<br />

<strong>DRI</strong> News<br />

4 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

Members on the Move<br />

Bush Seyferth & Paige PLLC, a leading boutique litigation<br />

firm in Troy, Michigan, is pleased to announce<br />

that it has made Moheeb H. Murray a partner.<br />

Focusing his practice on commercial and insurance<br />

litigation, Mr. Murray has significant experience in<br />

matters involving general commercial contract disputes,<br />

UCC sales cases, and first-party insurance<br />

coverage issues. He advises and represents clients<br />

ranging from <strong>For</strong>tune 500 companies to individual<br />

business owners in all stages of litigation, from case<br />

inception through final verdict and on appeal.<br />

Mason W. Wilson of Baker, Donelson, Bearman,<br />

Caldwell & Berkowitz PC, has been elected president<br />

of <strong>The</strong> Traffic Club of Memphis. Mr. Wilson, an<br />

attorney in the firm’s Memphis, Tennessee, office, is<br />

a member of Baker Donelson’s Transportation Practice<br />

Group and its 24 Hour Motor Carrier Emergency<br />

Response Team—a group of attorneys dedicated to<br />

providing rapid postaccident intervention and investigation.<br />

Recognized by Mid-South Super Lawyers as<br />

a “Rising Star” in transportation law, Mr. Wilson is a<br />

member of the Transportation Lawyers Association<br />

and the Association of Transportation Law Professionals.<br />

He has served on the board of directors of<br />

the Memphis Bar Association Young Lawyers Division<br />

and as the president of the Tennessee Bar Association<br />

Young Lawyers Division.<br />

Douglas M. DeGrave, a founding partner of<br />

Poliquin & DeGrave LLP in Laguna Hill, CA, was<br />

named Orange County Trial Lawyer of the Year by<br />

the American Board of Trial Advocates (ABOTA) on<br />

Tuesday, December 6, 2011, during ABOTA’s Annual<br />

Holiday Dinner in Newport Beach. Mr. DeGrave is<br />

a past president of the Orange County Chapter of<br />

ABOTA and currently serves as the president- elect of<br />

Cal-ABOTA and as a member of the ABOTA national<br />

board of directors.<br />

<strong>The</strong> partnership of Davis & Young is pleased to announce<br />

Thomas W. Wright has been elected managing<br />

partner/president of the firm as of January 1,<br />

<strong>2012</strong>. Mr. Wright has been a member of the firm since<br />

1984. He has a wide range of experience in litigating<br />

wrongful death, product liability, intentional tort,<br />

and UM/UIM cases, as well as many other types of<br />

serious injury cases. In addition, Mr. Wright offers<br />

specialized expertise on a variety of insurance coverage<br />

issues, including copyright and advertising injury.<br />

Davis & Young is also pleased to announce that<br />

David J. Fagnilli has been promoted to chief financial<br />

officer. Mr. Fagnilli joined the firm in 1986. His<br />

area of practice includes insurance coverage litigation,<br />

product liability, business disputes, construction<br />

claims, complex litigation, and business arbitrations.<br />

Sandberg Phoenix & von Gontard P.C., a full<br />

service law firm headquartered in St. Louis, Missouri,<br />

is proud to announce the opening of its new<br />

office in Alton, Illinois. <strong>The</strong> Alton office marks the<br />

fifth location for the firm. With three fully staffed<br />

offices already located in Carbondale, Edwardsville,<br />

and O’Fallon, the addition of the Alton office reaffirms<br />

the firm’s commitment to serving clients in<br />

Southern Illinois.<br />

Armstrong Teasdale LLP announced two <strong>DRI</strong><br />

members have been named to the partnership, effective<br />

January 1, <strong>2012</strong>. Todd R. Nissenholtz is a member<br />

of the Litigation Practice Group and concentrates<br />

in the areas of commercial law, intellectual property,<br />

construction, telecommunications, and ERISA. He<br />

has successfully tried matters in Missouri and Illinois<br />

district courts and the U.S. district courts in the<br />

Eastern District of Missouri and Southern District of<br />

Illinois. Daniel Sakaguchi is also a member of the<br />

Litigation Practice Group, concentrating in the areas<br />

of commercial law, intellectual property, construction,<br />

telecommunications and ERISA. He has tried<br />

jury cases to verdict in state and federal courts and<br />

has significant bench trial and arbitration experience.<br />

He is admitted to practice in Missouri, Illinois,<br />

and California.<br />

Thompson & Knight LLP partner Bryan P. Neal<br />

recently published an article entitled “ADAAA Reg-<br />

Members on the Move, continued on page 68<br />

Diversity and Inclusion in <strong>DRI</strong>: A Statement of Principle<br />

<strong>DRI</strong> is the largest international membership organization of attorneys defending the interests<br />

of business and individuals in civil litigation.<br />

Diversity is a core value at <strong>DRI</strong>. Indeed, diversity is fundamental to the success of the<br />

organization, and we seek out and embrace the innumerable benefits and contributions that the perspectives,<br />

backgrounds, cultures, and life experiences a diverse membership provides.<br />

Inclusiveness is the chief means to increase the diversity of <strong>DRI</strong>’s membership and leadership positions. <strong>DRI</strong>’s<br />

members and potential leaders are often also members and leaders of other defense organizations. Accordingly,<br />

<strong>DRI</strong> encourages all national, state, and local defense organizations to promote diversity and inclusion in their<br />

membership and leadership.


Calendar<br />

Upcoming events<br />

of interest to<br />

<strong>DRI</strong> members and<br />

other defense lawyers<br />

<strong>For</strong> more information<br />

about any of these<br />

events, call <strong>DRI</strong><br />

Customer Service at<br />

(312) 795-1101,<br />

or visit our website at<br />

www.dri.org.<br />

<strong>February</strong> 9–10 Toxic Torts and Environmental Law Miami Beach<br />

<strong>February</strong> 14 Framing the Story: Plaintiff and Fact Witness Depositions Webcast<br />

<strong>February</strong> 16–17 Trucking Law Scottsdale<br />

<strong>DRI</strong> <strong>February</strong> Calendar<br />

23–24 Sharing Success—A Seminar for Women Lawyers Scottsdale<br />

March 8–9 Medical Liability and Health Care Law New Orleans<br />

March 14–16 Trial Tactics Las Vegas<br />

March 14–16 Rainmaking Las Vegas<br />

March 28–30 Insurance Coverage and Claims Institute Chicago<br />

April 11<br />

Making Your Case: Defending a Corporate<br />

Webcast<br />

Representative or Client Deposition<br />

April 11–13 Product Liability Conference Las Vegas<br />

April 20<br />

When Outsiders Invest in Lawsuits—An Ethical<br />

Webcast<br />

Debate on This Growing Trend in Litigation<br />

April 25–27 Life, Health, Disability and ERISA Claims Chicago<br />

May 2–4 Employment Law Chicago<br />

May 9 Clearing the Weeds: Artful Expert Witness Depositions Webcast<br />

May 10–11 Drug and Medical Device New Orleans<br />

May 10–11 Retail and Hospitality Litigation and Claims Management Chicago<br />

May 17–18 Business Litigation and Intellectual Property New York City<br />

June 7–8 Diversity for Success Chicago<br />

June 14–15 Young Lawyers Miami Beach<br />

June 21–22 Appellate Advocacy Cambridge<br />

September 20–21 Construction Law Phoenix<br />

Investigative Technologies Inc.<br />

TM<br />

<strong>For</strong>ensic Engineering • Expert Testimony<br />

Accident Reconstruction<br />

AreAs of expertise:<br />

• Biomechanical<br />

• Civil/structural<br />

• Construction<br />

• Consumer products<br />

• Disaster<br />

• electrical<br />

engineering<br />

• environmental<br />

engineering<br />

• fire investigation<br />

• Human factors<br />

• industrial Machinery<br />

• Marine<br />

• Material sciences<br />

• Mold<br />

• safety/osHA<br />

Compliance<br />

• slip & fall<br />

• Vehicular<br />

Visit us online:<br />

• search periodicals<br />

• immediate online help<br />

• View expert profiles<br />

• press room of events<br />

www.cedtechnologies.com 1-800-780-4221<br />

Washington • Cleveland • Jacksonville • New York • Ft. Lauderdale • Chicago<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 5


<strong>DRI</strong> News<br />

<strong>DRI</strong> Committee Leadership Gathers in Chicago<br />

<strong>DRI</strong>’s Committee Leadership Conference once again brought together<br />

the chairs and vice chairs of the organization’s 29 substantive law<br />

committees, along with representatives from the Board of Directors,<br />

Law Institute and standing committees, for a two-day meeting, January<br />

5–6, <strong>2012</strong>, in Chicago. At the beginning of each year, <strong>DRI</strong> takes<br />

this opportunity to gather and reflect on the roles and goals of its committees<br />

and to recharge and plan for the year ahead. This conference<br />

is intended to give the committee chairs and vice chairs an opportunity<br />

to meet with the leadership and staff of <strong>DRI</strong>, be recognized for<br />

their excellent work, and share information that will help improve the<br />

value that the committee structure adds to both <strong>DRI</strong> membership and<br />

the defense bar in general. This year’s program included substantive<br />

sessions on planning educational programming, motivating committee<br />

leaders, diversifying membership, recruiting new members and leaders,<br />

and partnering with industry groups and state and local defense<br />

organizations.<br />

2011–12 Chairs<br />

and Vice Chairs<br />

Aerospace Law<br />

Jennifer P. Henry, Chair<br />

Thompson & Knight<br />

Robert J. Williams, Vice Chair<br />

Schnader Harrison Segal<br />

Alternative Dispute<br />

Resolution<br />

Thomas D. Jensen, Chair<br />

Lind Jensen Sullivan<br />

Sandra Tvarian Stevens,<br />

Vice Chair<br />

Wiley Rein<br />

Appellate Advocacy<br />

Diane B. Bratvold, Chair<br />

Briggs & Morgan<br />

C. Mitchell Brown, Vice Chair<br />

Nelson Mullins<br />

Commercial Litigation<br />

Peter E. Strand, Chair<br />

Shook Hardy & Bacon<br />

Kathleen A. Lang, Vice Chair<br />

Dickinson Wright<br />

Construction Law<br />

David V. Wilson II, Chair<br />

Hays McConn<br />

Kathy R. Davis, Vice Chair<br />

Carr Allison<br />

Corporate Counsel<br />

Amy Mass, Chair<br />

Hanover Insurance Companies<br />

K. Kristann Carey, Vice Chair<br />

McDonald’s Corporation<br />

Diversity<br />

Douglas K. Burrell, Chair<br />

Drew Eckl & Farnham<br />

Pamela W. Carter, Vice Chair<br />

Carter Law Group LLC<br />

<strong>DRI</strong> International<br />

Glenn M. Zakaib, Chair<br />

Cassels Brock<br />

Dieter Hofmann, Vice Chair<br />

Walder Wyss & Partners<br />

Drug and Medical Device<br />

Scott W. Sayler, Chair<br />

Shook Hardy & Bacon<br />

James F. Rogers, Vice Chair<br />

Nelson Mullins<br />

Electronic Discovery<br />

Mark S. Sidoti, Chair<br />

Gibbons<br />

John J. Jablonski, Vice Chair<br />

Goldberg Segalla<br />

Employment and<br />

Labor Law<br />

Mark A. Fahleson, Chair<br />

Rembolt Ludtke<br />

Amy L. Miletich, Vice Chair<br />

Miletich Pearl<br />

Fidelity and Surety<br />

Denise C. Puente, Chair<br />

Simon Peragine Smith<br />

Jerome M. Joseph, Vice Chair<br />

Godin & Baity<br />

Government Enforcement<br />

and Corporate Compliance<br />

Jonathan N. Rosen, Chair<br />

Shook Hardy & Bacon<br />

Winifred Marie Weitsen,<br />

Vice Chair<br />

Venable<br />

Governmental Liability<br />

Dana K. Maine, Chair<br />

Freeman Mathis & Gary<br />

Phillip E. Friduss, Vice Chair<br />

Landrum & Friduss<br />

Insurance Law<br />

Anthony R. Zelle, Chair<br />

Zelle McDonough<br />

Michael M. Marick,<br />

Vice Chair<br />

Meckler Bulger Tilson<br />

Lawyers’ Professionalism<br />

and Ethics<br />

Brett A. Ross, Chair<br />

Carr Allison<br />

Winston N. Harless,<br />

Vice Chair<br />

Lewis King Krieg<br />

Life, Health and Disability<br />

Gary Schuman, Chair<br />

Combined Insurance Company<br />

Daniel W. Gerber,<br />

Vice Chair<br />

Goldberg Segalla<br />

Jeffery A. Styres, Corporate<br />

Vice Chair<br />

Southern Farm Bureau Life<br />

Insurance<br />

Medical Liability and<br />

Health Care Law<br />

Ted J. McDonald III, Chair<br />

McCormick Adam & McDonald<br />

Todd W. Smyth, Vice Chair<br />

Smyth Whitley<br />

Product Liability<br />

Charles A. Stewart III,<br />

Chair<br />

Bradley Arant Boult Cummings<br />

Patrick J. Sweeney,<br />

Vice Chair<br />

Sweeney & Sheehan<br />

Professional Liability<br />

Daniel B. Meyer, Chair<br />

O’Hagan Spencer<br />

Frances M. O’Meara,<br />

Vice Chair<br />

Kaufman Dolowich Voluck<br />

Retail and Hospitality<br />

Paul Caleo, Chair<br />

Burnham Brown<br />

H. Jacey Kaps, Vice Chair<br />

Rumberger Kirk & Caldwell<br />

Technology<br />

Sara M. Turner, Chair<br />

Baker Donelson Bearman<br />

Chad S. Godwin, Vice Chair<br />

Carr Allison<br />

Toxic Torts and<br />

Environmental Law<br />

Kevin E. Clark, Chair<br />

Lightfoot Franklin & White<br />

Douglas M. Poland,<br />

Vice Chair<br />

Godfrey & Kahn<br />

Peter A. Drucker, Corporate<br />

Vice Chair<br />

Akzo Nobel Coatings<br />

Trial Tactics<br />

Tammy J. Meyer, Chair<br />

MillerMeyer LLP<br />

John C.S. Pierce,<br />

Vice Chair<br />

Butler Pappas<br />

Trucking Law<br />

Kurt M. Rozelsky, Chair<br />

Smith Moore Leatherwood<br />

Tamara B. Goorevitz,<br />

Vice Chair<br />

Franklin & Prokopik<br />

Women in the Law<br />

Cheryl E. Diaz, Chair<br />

Fishman Jackson Luebker<br />

Lana Alcorn Olson,<br />

Vice Chair<br />

Lightfoot Franklin & White<br />

Workers’ Compensation<br />

Craig Stuart Young, Chair<br />

Heyl Royster Voelker<br />

Jonathan L. Berryhill,<br />

Vice Chair<br />

Wilson & Berryhill<br />

Young Lawyers<br />

R. Craig Mayfield, Chair<br />

Hill Ward Henderson<br />

James L. Pattillo, First<br />

Vice Chair<br />

Norman Wood Kendrick<br />

Jennifer Snyder Heis, Second<br />

Vice Chair<br />

Ulmer & Berne<br />

6 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong>


By Jonathan S. Hickey<br />

<strong>DRI</strong> News<br />

<strong>DRI</strong> Webcasts<br />

Young Lawyers Survival Series Continues<br />

With the first three webcasts in <strong>DRI</strong>’s<br />

“Young Lawyers Survival Series” behind us,<br />

and <strong>2012</strong> in front of us, we are primed and<br />

ready to present our next three interactive<br />

webcasts! In the fall of 2011, we addressed<br />

introductory topics, including responding<br />

to the complaint, implementing organization<br />

and file management, and utilizing all<br />

discovery tools to defend a case properly.<br />

Those first three webcasts are still available<br />

on <strong>DRI</strong>’s website for individual purchase.<br />

Now, we narrow the focus and will<br />

present deposition “survival” tactics and<br />

techniques to assist in the ongoing education<br />

and training process of new attorneys.<br />

<strong>The</strong> next installment of our series—<br />

co- presented by <strong>DRI</strong>’s Trial Tactics and<br />

Young Lawyers Committees—will be our<br />

fourth overall and take place on <strong>February</strong><br />

14, <strong>2012</strong>. Attorneys Lynn Roberson and C.<br />

Meade Hartfield will discuss depositions,<br />

focusing on deposing the plaintiff and fact<br />

witnesses. This discussion of depositions<br />

and how to use the fruits of the discovery<br />

process will be a practical primer and reference<br />

tool for new attorneys moving forward<br />

in the life cycle of case. Specifically,<br />

you will hear how to best prepare for the<br />

deposition, ways to listen<br />

to and question the<br />

deponent effectively, how and when to use<br />

an outline and exhibits, and how to ensure<br />

the transcript is clear and useful.<br />

April 11, <strong>2012</strong>, brings our fifth webcast<br />

installment. While still focusing on<br />

depositions, we shift gears to the topic of<br />

defending your corporate representative’s<br />

deposition. This discrete skill gets the full<br />

treatment from veteran litigators Sidney<br />

Kanazawa and Gail Rodgers. This presentation<br />

will discuss how to determine whom<br />

you should produce for the corporate deposition,<br />

how and when to approach your client<br />

about the deposition, strategy to assist<br />

in best preparing your client for the deposition<br />

(and making him or her like it!), and<br />

when and how to assist the corporate representative<br />

when the “red light is on” and<br />

the deposition is underway.<br />

We will close out this portion of our series<br />

with our sixth installment on May 9,<br />

<strong>2012</strong>, when John C.S. Pierce and Anthony<br />

Novak tackle the art of conducting expert<br />

depositions. This is an interactive webcast<br />

that every new attorney should make a priority.<br />

This discussion will focus on the goals<br />

of an expert deposition, how to defuse a difficult<br />

expert witness, when and how to use<br />

your own expert while preparing for the deposition,<br />

and suggestions on how to most effectively<br />

gather testimony and information<br />

necessary to challenge the expert.<br />

■■<br />

Jonathan S. Hickey is a founding member of Burden, Gulisano & Hickey<br />

in Buffalo, New York. He serves as program co-chair of the <strong>DRI</strong> Young Lawyers<br />

Survival Series, along with C. Meade Hartfield of Baker Donelson Bearman<br />

Caldwell & Berkowitz PC in Birmingham, Alabama and Guy E. Hughes<br />

of Casey Bailey & Maines PLLC in Lexington, Kentucky<br />

<br />

YOUNG LAWYERS SURVIVAL SKILLS SERIES<br />

PRESENTED BY THE <strong>DRI</strong> TRIAL TACTICS<br />

AND YOUNG LAWYERS COMMITTEES<br />

Part 4: Framing the Story:<br />

Plaintiff and Fact Witness Depositions<br />

TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 14, <strong>2012</strong> 1:00 p.m. CST<br />

Part 5: Making Your Case: Defending a<br />

Corporate Representative or Client Deposition<br />

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 11, <strong>2012</strong> 1:00 p.m. CST<br />

Part 6: Clearing the Weeds:<br />

Artful Expert Witness Depositions<br />

WEDNESDAY, MAY 9, <strong>2012</strong> 1:00 p.m. CST<br />

Sign up for all three webcasts and pay only<br />

$300 for members ($390 for non-members).<br />

REGISTER ONLINE: http://dri.org/Events/Webcasts<br />

As we begin the next part of our series<br />

with three new installments, the goal of this<br />

extended webcast series remains the same:<br />

to help young lawyers understand the fundamentals<br />

of litigation, and to help them<br />

thrive and succeed with their new skill set.<br />

Join us in our mission to educate and train<br />

young lawyers in a cost- effective manner<br />

by signing up for the next three webcasts.<br />

Effective deposition techniques are essential<br />

for any new litigator, and young lawyers<br />

can only benefit from exposure to these substantive<br />

areas as presented by skilled and<br />

experienced litigators. Please don’t wait;<br />

visit www.dri.org and sign up right now!<br />

On <strong>The</strong> Record, from page 1<br />

of cases that are not necessarily similar.<br />

We felt it unfair that conduct in one state<br />

be measured in a class action by a court<br />

sitting in another state. Each defendant<br />

should be represented by a lawyer of their<br />

choosing and defended in their forum,<br />

accounting for their conduct. Going forward<br />

the Executive Committee of <strong>DRI</strong> will<br />

assist the Amicus Committee in screening<br />

requests for Friend of the Court briefing to<br />

make certain that the position we are being<br />

asked to take will be one that would be supported<br />

by our members.<br />

In addition to our formal efforts, <strong>DRI</strong><br />

substantive law committees comment on<br />

developments in their substantive areas in<br />

newsletters, blogs, scholarly articles, and<br />

as advocates in our courtrooms. In each<br />

instance they try to demonstrate the very<br />

best of the defense bar in service to our clients<br />

in our system of justice.<br />

<strong>DRI</strong> works tirelessly to be the voice of the<br />

defense bar. But the teachable moment provided<br />

by TADC’s President Keith O’Donnell<br />

still rings true. At each instance, we must<br />

speak for the defense bar and not for any<br />

discrete interest. We need to continue to<br />

focus on the fairness of the process, fair<br />

access to the courts and fair judging, making<br />

certain that as an organization we do<br />

not become partisans of a particular position<br />

of substantive law at the behest of<br />

others. In doing so we will best serve the<br />

interests of our members with the right<br />

tenor and tone expected of <strong>The</strong> Voice.<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 7


Pretrial Litigation<br />

Protect High-Level<br />

Corporate Officials<br />

from Unnecessary<br />

Depositions<br />

By Christopher M. Tauro<br />

and Kip J. Adams<br />

Use of<br />

the Apex<br />

Doctrine<br />

While courts have not<br />

widely accepted the<br />

doctrine, defense counsel<br />

have used it effectively in<br />

certain jurisdictions.<br />

Under most rules of civil procedure the permissible scope<br />

of discovery is very broad. <strong>The</strong> federal rules, as well as the<br />

corresponding civil rules in many states, permit a party to<br />

discover information regarding any matter that is relevant<br />

to any party’s claim or defense. See Fed. R.<br />

Civ. P. 26. While this virtually limitless discovery<br />

is important to attorneys as it provides<br />

exploratory space to find information<br />

that will become the foundation of their clients’<br />

cases, the same freedoms allow attorneys<br />

to use discovery for purposes other<br />

than locating relevant information. <strong>For</strong><br />

instance, attorneys often attempt to use<br />

the discovery process to gain leverage over<br />

adversaries. One aggressive discovery tactic<br />

is to seek to depose high-level corporate<br />

officials of a party opponent. While in some<br />

cases the facts and circumstances warrant<br />

these depositions, in other cases, high-level<br />

corporate officials’ knowledge is clearly<br />

8 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

■ Christopher M. Tauro is a partner and Kip J. Adams is an associate in the Boston office of Edwards Wildman<br />

Palmer LLP. Mr. Tauro’s practice focuses on resolving his clients’ complex civil litigation matters<br />

quickly, efficiently, and in line with their legal and business objectives. He has extensive federal and state litigation<br />

experience in addition to advising clients on a range of legal issues. Mr. Adams practices in the firm’s<br />

Insurance and Reinsurance Department, where he represents insurance companies and their insured in<br />

complex product liability, toxic tort and business litigation. He is a member of <strong>DRI</strong>.


lacking as to the pertinent facts and issues.<br />

Yet, attorneys on occasion will make pursuing<br />

these depositions primary components<br />

of offensive strategies, even after the<br />

information that they obtained from previous<br />

discovery responses has made them<br />

aware of the disconnection.<br />

This strategy capitalizes on three realities<br />

of present- day litigation. First, the time,<br />

effort, and resources that go into appearing<br />

for a deposition, not to mention preparing<br />

for it, are often arduous. Few people have the<br />

flexibility to spend a day, or even just a few<br />

hours, away from their workplaces or their<br />

homes answering a seemingly never- ending<br />

series of questions on multiple topics. This<br />

is especially true of high-level corporate officials<br />

with vast responsibilities, oppressive<br />

work schedules, and extensive travel schedules.<br />

Second, the broad scope of discovery<br />

under the rules of civil procedure makes<br />

it extremely difficult to obtain protection<br />

from a court. As long as it seems likely that<br />

a deponent will have at least some information<br />

relevant to a party’s claims or defenses,<br />

the rules permit a party to depose the deponent.<br />

See Fed. R. Civ. P. 26, 30(a)(1). Third,<br />

an individual called to offer a deposition<br />

cannot lean as heavily on counsel to do the<br />

hefty lifting on his or her behalf as he or she<br />

can with a written discovery request. With<br />

a written discovery request, a client relies,<br />

if not expects, that counsel will review a request<br />

in detail, prepare proposed responses,<br />

and coordinate the review and execution<br />

of those responses in final form at a time<br />

and in a manner of the client’s choosing.<br />

Although an attorney can prepare an individual<br />

called to provide a deposition extensively<br />

beforehand, ultimately the individual<br />

frequently needs to travel to the deposition,<br />

sit before the examiner, and answer question<br />

after question without any assistance<br />

from counsel. And when the examination<br />

subjects are not those that the high- ranking<br />

corporate official has any detailed knowledge<br />

of, or if another employee could answer<br />

the questions as well, if not better, the<br />

exercise is simply frustrating.<br />

Considering the scope of discovery and<br />

these modern realities of litigation, how<br />

does an attorney representing a large company<br />

or institution protect executives from<br />

harassing and unnecessary depositions<br />

As detailed below, one option may be to<br />

appeal to the court for relief under the apex<br />

doctrine.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Evolution of the Apex Doctrine<br />

While not widely recognized, some jurisdictions<br />

have applied the apex doctrine to limit<br />

or even prevent certain depositions from<br />

occurring. As you would expect, the term<br />

“apex” refers to those individuals, particularly<br />

executives, at the “apex” or the top of a<br />

company or an organization. While courts<br />

have referred to and described the apex doctrine<br />

in several decisions, arguably the most<br />

widely recognized description comes from<br />

the Texas Supreme Court from Crown Cent.<br />

Petroleum Corp. v. Garcia, 904 S.W.2d 125<br />

(Tex. 1995), and In re Alcatel USA, Inc., 11<br />

S.W.3d 173 (Tex. 2000):<br />

When a party seeks to depose a corporate<br />

president or other high level corporate<br />

official and that official (or the<br />

corporation) files a motion for protective<br />

order to prohibit the deposition accompanied<br />

by the official’s affidavit denying<br />

any knowledge of relevant facts,<br />

the trial court should first determine<br />

whether the party seeking the deposition<br />

has arguably shown that the official<br />

has any unique or superior personal<br />

knowledge of discoverable information.<br />

If the party seeking the deposition cannot<br />

show that the official has any unique<br />

or superior personal knowledge of discoverable<br />

information, the trial court<br />

should grant the motion for protective<br />

order and first require the party seeking<br />

the deposition to attempt to obtain the<br />

discovery through less intrusive methods….<br />

After making a good faith effort<br />

to obtain the discovery through less<br />

intrusive methods, the party seeking the<br />

deposition may attempt to show (1) that<br />

there is a reasonable indication that the<br />

official’s deposition is calculated to lead<br />

to the discovery of admissible evidence,<br />

and (2) that the less intrusive methods<br />

of discovery are unsatisfactory, insufficient<br />

or inadequate.<br />

Crown Cent. Petroleum Corp. v. Garcia, 904<br />

S.W.2d 125, 128 (Tex. 1995); see also Liberty<br />

Mut. Ins. Co. v. Superior Court, 10 Cal. App.<br />

4th 1282, 13 Cal. Rptr. 2d 363 (1992) (“particularly<br />

instructive” to the Crown Central<br />

court on apex doctrine guidelines).<br />

In Alcatel, the court contemplated that<br />

under the Crown Central guidelines for the<br />

apex doctrine, trial courts may in fact undertake<br />

two hearings and issue two orders.<br />

<strong>The</strong> first hearing considers whether to grant<br />

a protective order based on the guidelines<br />

set forth in Crown Central. <strong>The</strong>n, should a<br />

protective order be granted, and other specific<br />

methods of discovery engaged in, the<br />

court will undertake a second hearing to<br />

determine whether it should dissolve the<br />

protective order. In re Alcatel USA, Inc.,<br />

11 S.W.3d at 176. Thus the apex doctrine<br />

may in fact involve two separate determinations<br />

at two points in time by a court on<br />

the fruitfulness of a deposition. Additionally,<br />

since the Crown Central and Alcatel decisions,<br />

in cases invoking the apex doctrine,<br />

courts have inconsistently applied Federal<br />

Rule of Civil Procedure 26, which requires<br />

a party or an individual resisting discovery<br />

to demonstrate the need for a protective order.<br />

<strong>The</strong> apex doctrine as set forth in Crown<br />

Central and Alcatel requires the party seeking<br />

discovery to make a good-faith effort to<br />

obtain the information through less intrusive<br />

methods than an “apex deposition,”<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 9


Pretrial Litigation<br />

and then to demonstrate that (1) it has a<br />

reasonable indication that the deposition<br />

would “lead to the discovery of admissible<br />

evidence,” and (2) those “less intrusive<br />

methods” have been “unsatisfactory, insufficient<br />

or inadequate.” See Crown Cent. Petroleum<br />

Corp., 904 S.W.2d at 128; Liberty<br />

Mut. Ins. Co., 13 Cal. Rptr. 2d at 363; In re<br />

Alcatel USA, Inc., 11 S.W.3d at 173. Other<br />

While not widely<br />

recognized, some<br />

jurisdictions have applied<br />

the apex doctrine to limit<br />

or even prevent certain<br />

depositions from occurring.<br />

courts have followed Federal Rule of Civil<br />

Procedure 26 closely, refusing to shift the<br />

burden to the party seeking discovery and<br />

instead requiring the party resisting discovery<br />

to demonstrate the need for protection<br />

from harassing and burdensome discovery.<br />

See Crest Infiniti, II, LP v. Swinton, 2007<br />

OK 77, 174 P.3d 996 (“We decline to adopt a<br />

form of the apex doctrine that shifts a burden<br />

to the party seeking discovery. In Oklahoma<br />

the burden of showing “good cause”<br />

is statutorily placed on the party objecting<br />

to discovery and is part of that party’s motion<br />

for a protective order.”).<br />

Crown Central and Alcatel were not the<br />

first decisions through which courts granted<br />

relief to potential deponents under similar<br />

circumstances. See M.A. Porazzi Co. v. <strong>The</strong><br />

Mormaclark, 16 F.R.D. 383 (S.D.N.Y. 1951)<br />

(precluding the deposition of a vice president<br />

because the court found that he could<br />

add no additional information beyond that<br />

of a lower level employee). But commentators<br />

seem to agree that they articulated the<br />

doctrine most effectively, and courts have<br />

cited them frequently in subsequent decisions<br />

concerning the apex doctrine.<br />

Crown Central<br />

<strong>The</strong> Crown Central facts illustrate the realities<br />

of modern litigation that make the apex<br />

10 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

doctrine necessary. <strong>The</strong> plaintiffs, relatives<br />

of a former Crown Central Petroleum Corporation<br />

refinery worker who had died of<br />

lung cancer that he allegedly developed<br />

due to workplace asbestos exposure, sought<br />

to depose the chair of the board and chief<br />

executive officer of the corporation. Crown<br />

Cent. Petroleum Corp., 904 S.W.2d at 126.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y filed a motion to require Crown Central<br />

to produce him for a video deposition<br />

and to produce 32 categories of documents.<br />

Crown Central responded with a motion<br />

to quash the deposition arguing that the<br />

plaintiffs sought the deposition solely for<br />

harassment purposes, and it attached an<br />

affidavit from the chair. Among other<br />

things, the affidavit stated,<br />

I have no personal knowledge of [the<br />

decedent] or his job duties, job performance,<br />

or any facts concerning alleged<br />

exposure to asbestos by [the decedent].<br />

I was not involved in the day-to-day<br />

maintenance decisions made at the<br />

Refinery. I have no expertise in industrial<br />

hygiene, toxicology, or the health<br />

effects of asbestos exposure.<br />

<strong>The</strong> trial court denied the Crown Central<br />

motion to quash the deposition and Crown<br />

Central’s subsequent motion requesting<br />

the court to reconsider the initial motion<br />

to quash.<br />

Citing several previous court decisions<br />

applying the apex doctrine reaching back<br />

more than 50 years, the Crown Central<br />

court found that in applying the doctrine<br />

a court should reasonably accommodate<br />

the party seeking discovery so that it could<br />

obtain the requested information but without<br />

causing the “problems” associated with<br />

deposing upper level corporate managers.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Crown Central court articulated the<br />

most helpful guidelines for the apex doctrine<br />

to that date, which other courts facing<br />

similar circumstances have referred to.<br />

Recent decisions have clarified what the<br />

apex doctrine is and what it isn’t. <strong>The</strong> doctrine,<br />

one court said, is not meant to shield<br />

high- ranking officers from discovery but<br />

to sequence discovery to prevent litigants<br />

from deposing high- ranking officials routinely<br />

before engaging in less burdensome<br />

discovery methods. Alberto v. Toyota Motor<br />

Corp., 289 Mich. App. 328, 796 N.W.2d 490,<br />

492 (2010). No court has held that the apex<br />

doctrine prevents a party from deposing a<br />

high- ranking corporate officer under all circumstances.<br />

Certainly, when a party seeks<br />

to depose an individual who has personal<br />

knowledge of facts relevant to a lawsuit, a<br />

court would expect that individual, even a<br />

corporate president or CEO, to appear for<br />

deposition. See In re AIR CRASH AT TAIPEI,<br />

TAIWAN on October 31, 2000, MDL1394-<br />

GAF (RCX), 2002 WL 32155478 (C.D. Cal.<br />

Nov. 6, 2002); Six W. Retail Acquisition v.<br />

Sony <strong>The</strong>atre Mgmt. Corp., 203 F.R.D. 98,<br />

102–06 (S.D.N.Y. 2001) (compelling the deposition<br />

of the CEO of Sony because the party<br />

seeking it presented sufficient evidence that<br />

he possessed some unique knowledge on<br />

several issues.); Citigroup Inc. v. Holtsberg,<br />

915 So. 2d 1265 (Fla. Dist. Ct. App. 2005)<br />

(holding a court should deny a protective<br />

order covering high- ranking officials when<br />

it appears personal knowledge exists of key<br />

issues or the motivations of the company are<br />

relevant to a case).<br />

<strong>The</strong> Authority for the Doctrine<br />

Federal Rules of Civil Procedure 26(c) or<br />

corresponding local rules provide the general<br />

basis under which a party may petition<br />

a court to prevent a deposition of a highlevel<br />

corporate official from occurring by<br />

invoking the apex doctrine. Federal Rule of<br />

Civil Procedure 26(c) specifies that a court<br />

may “for good cause… issue an order… to<br />

protect a… person from annoyance, embarrassment,<br />

oppression, or undue burden<br />

or expense.” This rule specifically allows a<br />

court to “forbid” the discovery as well as to<br />

“prescribe a discovery method other than<br />

the one selected by the party seeking discovery.”<br />

Thus, a court may quash a deposition<br />

outright, or it may require parties to<br />

find less burdensome means for obtaining<br />

the desired discovery. See Patterson v.<br />

Avery Dennison Corp., 281 F.3d 676, 681–<br />

82 (7th Cir. 2002) (affirming a refusal of a<br />

district court to compel a deposition of a<br />

high- ranking executive in a multinational<br />

corporation because the requested deposition<br />

would have been a costly and burdensome<br />

means of discovery); Evans v. Allstate<br />

Ins. Co., 216 F.R.D. 515, 518–19 (N.D. Okla.<br />

2003) (granting a protective order regarding<br />

depositions of corporate executives under<br />

the apex doctrine).<br />

“High-Level Corporate Official”<br />

A threshold question for counsel considering<br />

the apex doctrine is, of course, whether


the person sought for deposition is in fact<br />

a “high-level corporate official.” In some<br />

cases, the answer is obvious. <strong>For</strong> instance,<br />

former Chrysler Corporation Chair Lee<br />

Iacocca was determined to be a high-level<br />

corporate official by the court following<br />

arguments on his behalf that under the<br />

apex doctrine, his deposition should not<br />

occur. Mulvey v. Chrylser Corp., 106 F.R.D.<br />

364 (D.R.I. 1985) (noting about Iacocca<br />

that “he is a singularly unique and important<br />

individual who can be easily subjected<br />

to unwarranted harassment and abuse. He<br />

has a right to be protected, and the courts<br />

have a duty to recognize his vulnerability.”)<br />

More recently, a court automatically<br />

afforded Larry Kellner, the former Continental<br />

Airlines chief executive officer and<br />

chair, the status without discussion when<br />

it applied the apex doctrine to prevent<br />

his deposition from occurring. See In re<br />

Cont’l Airlines, Inc., 305 S.W.3d 849 (Tex.<br />

App. 2010). As such, an attorney can usually<br />

safely assume that a court will deem a<br />

chair, a president, or a chief executive of a<br />

company or an organization of any size a<br />

high-level corporate official for apex doctrine<br />

purposes.<br />

In other cases, it is less clear whether<br />

an individual receiving a deposition notice<br />

is in fact a high-level corporate officer for<br />

the purposes of the apex doctrine. After<br />

the chair, president, or chief executive of a<br />

company or an organization, the other corporate<br />

officers entitled to protection have<br />

been vaguely described as those “at the<br />

apex of the corporate hierarchy.” Liberty<br />

Mut. Ins. Co., 13 Cal. Rptr. 2d at 363. Courts<br />

have also suggested that the apex doctrine<br />

extends not only to high-level corporate<br />

officers but also to high-level government<br />

officials under the same principle and for<br />

similar reasons. Alberto, 796 N.W.2d at<br />

493–94 (establishing that under Michigan<br />

law the apex- deposition rule applies<br />

to high- ranking officials in the public sector<br />

and to high- ranking corporate officers<br />

in the private sector). However, one court<br />

decided that the apex doctrine did not<br />

apply to former President George W. Bush<br />

in a case seeking to compel him to appear<br />

for a deposition related to a dispute over<br />

the proposed site of the George W. Bush<br />

Presidential Center at Southern Methodist<br />

University. In re Bush, 287 S.W.3d 899<br />

(Tex. App. Jun 12, 2009) (electing instead<br />

to invoke the even higher “meticulous”<br />

standard for determining the need to compel<br />

a sitting or former President for deposition<br />

as established in United States v.<br />

Poindexter, 732 F. Supp. 142 (D. D.C. 1990)).<br />

What Is “Unique” or<br />

“Superior” Knowledge<br />

Under the apex doctrine, to compel a<br />

high-level corporate officer to appear for<br />

Apex Doctrine, continued on page 64<br />

You don’t need a sales pitch.<br />

You need answers.<br />

You don’t need an estimate.<br />

You need a budget.<br />

You don’t need excuses.<br />

You need results.<br />

We are not like the others.<br />

We are Precise.<br />

Whether you’re facing a complex eDiscovery project<br />

or a multifaceted trial, the unexpected is going to<br />

happen. With more than a decade of experience,<br />

Precise is prepared for the unexpected.<br />

eDiscovery<br />

Document Review<br />

Trial Services<br />

precise-law.com<br />

© <strong>2012</strong> Precise, Inc.<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 11


Women in the Law<br />

Shattering the<br />

Glass Ceiling<br />

By Pamela W. Carter<br />

A Survival<br />

Strategy<br />

for Women<br />

Viewing the retention<br />

and advancement of<br />

women as imperative<br />

will help organizations<br />

to achieve goals and<br />

overall business success.<br />

In recent decades women have moved forward in the workplace<br />

in leaps and bounds. However, we still have difficulty<br />

passing through the “glass ceiling.” What is the glass ceiling<br />

<strong>The</strong> glass ceiling is a way of describing obstacles that<br />

keep women from achieving power and<br />

success equal to that of men. A ceiling made<br />

of glass is one that we can see through. A<br />

woman can see clearly those above her as<br />

they advance and come to hold more powerful<br />

positions. Instead of achieving the<br />

same success, invisible forces stop her from<br />

succeeding and rising further.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are nearly 60 million women in<br />

America, more than 45 percent of the U.S.<br />

workforce. Women and minorities make<br />

up two-thirds of the population, two-thirds<br />

of consumers, and 57 percent of the work<br />

force. Among <strong>For</strong>tune 500 companies,<br />

women occupy 15 percent of board seats<br />

and three percent of CEO positions. Despite<br />

making up nearly 50 percent of law school<br />

graduates, women make up only 18 percent<br />

of law partners and only 25 percent<br />

of judges. <strong>The</strong>se statistics illustrate that<br />

■ Pamela W. Carter is the founder of Carter Law Group LLC in New Orleans, where she concentrates her practice on a wide<br />

variety of civil litigation ranging from insurance coverage, personal injury, transportation law, toxic tort, defective product and<br />

general litigation matters. She is nationally recognized for her publications and presentations on issues of diversity in the legal<br />

profession. She is an active member of <strong>DRI</strong>, currently serving as vice chair for its Diversity Committee.<br />

12 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong>


although today many more women hold<br />

powerful positions than in the past, the<br />

glass ceiling is still very real.<br />

<strong>The</strong> phrase “glass ceiling” first came into<br />

use in 1986 when two Wall Street reporters<br />

coined the phrase. How culture portrays<br />

women accounts for part of the glass ceiling<br />

problem. On the one hand we want and<br />

expect women to take equal leadership roles<br />

to men, yet the media still portrays women<br />

as subservient and objectifies them, which<br />

significantly impacts young people. <strong>The</strong> recent<br />

image of Republican presidential candidate<br />

Michele Bachmann pouring water<br />

for the men on stage, her rival GOP presidential<br />

candidates, during a recent debate<br />

brings to mind the conflicting images and<br />

roles of women in society: professionals,<br />

servants, and caregivers. Society expects<br />

that women will take care of their families<br />

at home while simultaneously pursuing<br />

their careers, an expectation that does<br />

not extend to men. And leadership stereotypes<br />

and gender politics significantly contribute<br />

to the glass ceiling problem. Many<br />

people still predominantly view good leaders<br />

as “tough and shrewd,” desirable traits<br />

to many, while they view women as nurturing<br />

and caring and as having corresponding<br />

leadership traits, which they also view<br />

as “weak and soft.” <strong>The</strong> solution is to adopt<br />

gender equity as a necessity. Businesses<br />

must adopt diversity as a business imperative,<br />

not just to comply with strictures imposed<br />

by outside entities, or as an add-on<br />

program. Businesses must willingly take<br />

bold approaches. And women wanting to<br />

build their careers need to understand and<br />

know how to integrate into leadership.<br />

Why Does the Glass Ceiling Still Exist<br />

<strong>The</strong> theories explaining why the glass ceiling<br />

continues to exist in corporate America<br />

vary. Most research identifies stereotyping,<br />

deficient recruiting, and the absence<br />

of women in important pipeline positions<br />

as among the causes. Richard Martell and<br />

Christopher Parker, for instance, identify<br />

stereotypes as a major barrier impeding<br />

women. <strong>The</strong>y noted in the Journal of Social<br />

Behavior and Personality that women are<br />

perceived as “lacking the characteristics<br />

most needed to succeed and, consequently,<br />

were often judged to be less qualified than<br />

men,” and they identified at least one study<br />

from the 1980s that showed that “characteristics<br />

of successful middle managers<br />

were more similar to descriptions of men<br />

than women.” On the other hand, research<br />

by the Catalyst Corporation shows that <strong>For</strong>tune<br />

500 companies with the highest proportion<br />

of women in senior management<br />

significantly outperformed others with<br />

the lowest proportion in both return on<br />

equity and total shareholder return. Richard<br />

F. Martell and Christopher Parker, Sex<br />

Stereotyping in the Executive Suite: ‘Much<br />

Ado About Something, J. of Social Behavior<br />

& Personality 13 (1998); 2000 Catalyst Census<br />

of Women Corporate Officers and Top<br />

Earners, (New York: Catalyst, 2000).<br />

<strong>The</strong> irony of the glass ceiling is that we<br />

have some evidence that women actually<br />

make better leaders than men. A study of<br />

more than 900 managers at top U.S. corporations<br />

found that “women’s effectiveness as<br />

managers, leaders, and teammates outstrips<br />

the abilities of their male counterparts in<br />

28 of 31 managerial skill areas—including<br />

the challenging areas of meeting deadlines,<br />

keeping productivity high, and generating<br />

new ideas.” Brian S. Moskal, Women Make<br />

Better Managers, Industry Week, <strong>February</strong><br />

3, 1997, at 17; Rene Redwood, <strong>The</strong> Glass Ceiling,<br />

Working Woman’s Summit (cited July<br />

21, 20030), available at http://www.inmotionmagazine.com/glass.html;<br />

Michelle Martinez,<br />

Work Life Programs Reap Business Benefits<br />

HR Outlet, (October 8, 2003). So we can argue<br />

that misinformation about what truly<br />

makes good leaders also explains why we<br />

still have the glass ceiling.<br />

What Can a Woman Do to<br />

Shatter the Glass Ceiling<br />

So, as a woman, what can you do about this<br />

First, you need to know what you want<br />

and you must define your goals and priorities<br />

clearly. Second, develop strong<br />

relationships with others in your firm or<br />

company, focusing on those individuals<br />

in high authority positions. Third, build a<br />

support network of advocates. Ask these<br />

individuals for feedback and recommendations<br />

to help you create a plan of action<br />

for advancement. Fourth, document and<br />

publicize every successful assignment that<br />

you have completed and the positive impact<br />

that your efforts have had on your organization.<br />

Present these in your organization’s<br />

publications and during your review. Fifth,<br />

become knowledgeable about your organization.<br />

Find out the common skills and<br />

attributes of the people holding positions<br />

in your employer’s upper levels. <strong>The</strong>se skills<br />

are often tied closely to an organization’s<br />

culture, vision, and advancement practices.<br />

It is very important that you understand<br />

what sets your employer and its leaders<br />

apart. This is the first step toward discovering<br />

how you can position yourself for a<br />

Despite making up<br />

nearly 50 percent of law<br />

school graduates, women<br />

make up only 18 percent<br />

of law partners and only<br />

25 percent of judges.<br />

top leadership role. To that end, ask yourself<br />

these questions:<br />

• What are the values of your organization<br />

• What behaviors does your company<br />

value and reward<br />

• What type of person is promoted within<br />

the organization<br />

• What skills must you improve<br />

Businesses that value innovation and<br />

strive to become leaders will probably promote<br />

individuals who are outgoing, risk<br />

takers and who are not afraid to “tell it like<br />

it is.” However, if you work for a conservative<br />

business, chances are that individuals<br />

in top management are analytical thinkers<br />

with reputations for avoiding risk and<br />

making careful decisions.<br />

Sixth, read everything that you can<br />

about the leadership styles, skills, and attributes<br />

of those in your firm or company<br />

who excel to ensure that you have the tools<br />

needed to advance in your career. Excellent<br />

leadership and communication skills<br />

will help you, regardless of the level that<br />

you want to reach in your career.<br />

Seventh, let company leadership know<br />

that you want to work toward a higher level<br />

position than the one that you currently<br />

hold. Unless people know what you want,<br />

they may keep you in the same position and<br />

assume that you’re happy there.<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 13


Women in the Law<br />

Two of these suggestions bear discussing<br />

in greater detail: creating a plan with<br />

objectives to align your career and building<br />

your network.<br />

Create a Plan and Set Objectives<br />

to Align Your Career<br />

Write a plan that targets set goals and plans<br />

how to get there. You’re responsible for<br />

<strong>The</strong> irony of the glass ceiling<br />

is that we have some evidence<br />

that women actually make<br />

better leaders than men.<br />

determining your own career direction.<br />

Proactively go after what you want because<br />

probably no one will hand it to you.<br />

Do the following:<br />

• Determine what skills you need to develop<br />

to achieve it, discussed a bit above.<br />

• Have well- defined goals for both your<br />

personal and business life to keep your<br />

career on course. This allows constant<br />

growth and improvement throughout<br />

your career.<br />

• Work with your advocate and mentor to<br />

set these goals and objectives. Mentors<br />

play a crucial role in leadership development<br />

by providing advice and access<br />

to opportunities. Monitor and measure<br />

your performance toward your plan’s<br />

goals and objectives.<br />

Build Your Network<br />

As mentioned, you should also build relationships<br />

with other people in your organization<br />

to establish advocates and mentors.<br />

You never know who can help you, advance<br />

your career, or provide you with valuable<br />

information.<br />

It’s important to network in all areas and<br />

on all levels of your organization. You need<br />

the support of colleagues at every level. Try<br />

these tips:<br />

• Reach out to new people on a regular<br />

basis and communicate your value.<br />

• Expand your professional network outside<br />

of your organization and market<br />

yourself. Look for opportunities to grow<br />

14 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

both inside and outside of your organization.<br />

Seek high profile projects.<br />

What Can a Business Do<br />

A business can do a lot to break the class<br />

ceiling.<br />

Start by visibly and continually communicating<br />

commitment to workplace diversity.<br />

Create a workplace that is welcoming<br />

and open to all. Doing both will influence<br />

the culture of an organization by creating<br />

an atmosphere that fully supports and<br />

uses a talented workforce. Include diversity<br />

efforts as an integral part of corporate strategic<br />

business plans. Creating systems that<br />

monitor and include rewards for diversity,<br />

mentoring, and advancement of women<br />

is very valuable. Consider implementing<br />

systems that link pay, bonuses, and promotions<br />

to accomplishing diversity and<br />

advancing women within your company.<br />

Demonstrate commitment with the significant<br />

presence of women in visible leadership<br />

positions within the organization.<br />

Encourage and promote mentoring<br />

opportunities. Organizations can change<br />

norms by requiring leaders to mentor<br />

women with high potential and junior<br />

leaders by assessing this mentoring in formal<br />

leader performance reviews and by<br />

publically rewarding such efforts. Mentors<br />

and advocates can increase the visibility of<br />

women and the value of relational skills.<br />

Transparency is a must regarding the criteria<br />

required for and timing of promotion.<br />

Create a formal process for the distribution<br />

of assignments, and offer accurate and effective<br />

feedback on career development,<br />

leadership training, and advancement.<br />

Expand recruitment networks by seeking<br />

candidates outside of customary backgrounds<br />

and experiences. Go beyond the<br />

old-school networks and talent pools.<br />

Adopt work-life and family friendly policies,<br />

including flexible hours, daycare,<br />

and elder care programs. <strong>The</strong>se policies<br />

improve productivity and reduce costs<br />

by relieving workers of worries that can<br />

impede performance, which allows them<br />

to focus on business objectives.<br />

To enact appropriate changes that lessen<br />

inequitable barriers to women leadership<br />

positions, it is essential to address fundamental<br />

questions about the norms and<br />

values that are still commonly found in organizations.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se include policies and practices<br />

that favor behaviors and attitudes that<br />

were created under different societal norms,<br />

when men were expected to dedicate themselves<br />

solely to careers and women were<br />

expected to be homemakers. It behooves<br />

businesses to dig beneath the surface and<br />

consider unintended consequences of supposedly<br />

gender- neutral policies. What is<br />

clear is that unless specific interventions are<br />

undertaken, the glass ceiling will remain.<br />

Conclusion<br />

It’s apparent that glass barriers still exist.<br />

Businesses must take care to level the playing<br />

field for women. At a minimum, organizations<br />

should develop checks and balances<br />

that root out unconscious biases. Conduct<br />

a self assessment to collect and review the<br />

advancement and growth of women within<br />

your organization to ensure that you walk<br />

the talk and provide advancement opportunities,<br />

access to leadership, and development<br />

prospects to women across all levels.<br />

We all understand the many challenges<br />

that are inherent in organizations due to<br />

the structures that can make retaining<br />

and advancing women difficult generally.<br />

Law firms have a revenue system based on<br />

billable hours, and the difficulty of maintaining<br />

a work-life balance in the face of<br />

pressures to meet official or unofficial billable<br />

hour commitments makes promoting<br />

valued women challenging. In corporations,<br />

a relatively flat structure with little<br />

attrition limits opportunities to advance<br />

women. <strong>The</strong>se structural challenges make<br />

it essential that employers recruit, retain,<br />

and promote the best employees, regardless<br />

of race, ethnicity, or gender. Viewing this<br />

as imperative will help organizations to<br />

achieve goals and overall business success.<br />

Women have achieved substantial gains<br />

in the workplace in the last decade. However,<br />

we still have immense challenges to<br />

overcome such as rationalizing poor leadership<br />

rates as innate to human relationships<br />

or due to external circumstances. As<br />

apparent from the discrepancy between the<br />

percentage of women holding business leadership<br />

positions and on corporate boards,<br />

the glass ceiling remains firmly in place as<br />

an obstacle to advancement for women, and<br />

we still have work to do. We hope that employers<br />

will double their efforts and continue<br />

to break the barriers that block upward mobility<br />

for women in the workplace.


Infinite power.<br />

Unlimited discovery.<br />

Say hello to the new Ringtail 8. Flexible enough to handle all of your<br />

e-discovery needs—large or small. Powerful enough to catch<br />

every detail. And now, with a new look, it’s easier than ever to use.<br />

Meet the next member of your legal team.<br />

www.ftitechnology.com/ringtail<br />

Be Ready. Be Right.<br />

© 2011 FTI Consulting, Inc. FTI Technology LLC is a business of FTI Consulting, Inc.


Electronic Discovery<br />

From the Chair<br />

By Mark S. Sidoti<br />

A Port in<br />

the Storm<br />

of Change<br />

Providing guidance when<br />

facing the three “c”s of<br />

e-discovery evolution—<br />

complex, controversial,<br />

and constant.<br />

■ Mark S. Sidoti, Chair of <strong>DRI</strong>’s Electronic Discovery Committee, is a director at Gibbons P.C. in the firm’s New York City office.<br />

He heads the firm’s E-Discovery Task <strong>For</strong>ce and frequently publishes and lectures on e- discovery and information management<br />

best practices. He is a member of the Sedona Conference Working Group on Electronic Document Retention and Production and<br />

numerous other e- discovery organizations.<br />

16 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong>


In the event that anyone has not noticed, the challenges of<br />

e­ discovery are not going away any time soon—they are<br />

just evolving. Legal educators, law firms and the judiciary<br />

are scrambling to develop programs to keep pace with<br />

this rapidly evolving area of the law. Certification<br />

courses, multi- day CLE programs, there be any new federal rulemaking in<br />

growing for changes to the FRCP. Should<br />

bench and bar mini- conferences, think this area If so, should the rules expressly<br />

tanks and webinars seem to be springing state that litigation hold be triggered only<br />

up everywhere to address the latest legal when there is a reasonable expectation of<br />

issues, rulemaking debates, and technologies<br />

of e- discovery and information man-<br />

mandate that sanctions be imposed only<br />

the certainty of litigation Should the rules<br />

agement in an increasingly digital age. in the event of willful destruction intended<br />

Often it feels—at least to me—that lawyers<br />

are “chasing their tails” when it comes tion Should the rules contain express lim-<br />

to prevent the use of information in litiga-<br />

to electronic discovery—trying to settle its regarding the types of information to be<br />

on the most effective, efficient, and reliable<br />

methods of managing the unman-<br />

custodians each side can request <strong>The</strong>se<br />

preserved, and number of search terms and<br />

ageable. We are searching for solutions to and many other questions are being discussed<br />

by the preeminent thought leaders<br />

problems that often take on new and more<br />

challenging dimensions, long before even in e- discovery.<br />

the most committed of us can reach a consensus.<br />

Indeed, early predictions were that Rader of the Federal Circuit announced<br />

Also in September, Chief Judge Randall<br />

the challenges of preserving, collecting, that the Advisory Council of the Federal<br />

and evaluating huge volumes of electronic Circuit unanimously adopted a Model<br />

data for litigation, investigation, and audit Order regarding e- discovery in patent<br />

should have become more manageable with cases. Its purpose is to serve as a “starting<br />

point” for district courts to streamline<br />

advances in technology and attorney education.<br />

In light of the ever expanding role and reduce e- discovery costs, emphasizing<br />

email production limits. Under the<br />

of e- discovery in every facet of litigation,<br />

these predictions seem almost naïve in Model Order, e-mail discovery must be<br />

retrospect. <strong>The</strong> challenges are greater than phased in after initial disclosures and production<br />

of basic documentation about<br />

ever. Three recent developments are indicative<br />

of the current intense level of debate patents, prior art, accused devices and<br />

and scrutiny.<br />

financials have progressed. E-mail document<br />

requests must be propounded on<br />

In September of 2011, a specially formed<br />

subcommittee of the federal Civil Rules specific issues; global requests will not cut<br />

Committee met at a “mini- conference” in it. Among other novel—and some would<br />

Dallas to discuss approaches to rulemaking<br />

in e- discovery, including possible addi-<br />

mandates that e-mail discovery requests<br />

say, radical—approaches, the Model Order<br />

tional amendments to the Federal Rules are required to be specifically limited as to<br />

of Civil Procedure regarding preservation custodians, search terms, and timeframes,<br />

and spoliation. Numerous individuals and with only five custodians and five search<br />

organizations submitted detailed proposals terms per custodian per party permitted,<br />

on these topics for consideration, addressing<br />

the key concerns of over- preservation, Finally, just this past October, the Judi-<br />

absent a showing of distinct need.<br />

litigation hold triggers, regulation of presuit<br />

conduct, sanctions standards, and ern District of New York issued a report on<br />

cial Improvements Committee of the South-<br />

cooperation among litigants. A clear picture<br />

emerged that U.S. corporations are Case Management Techniques for Com-<br />

the initiation of a Pilot Project Regarding<br />

needlessly spending millions of dollars plex Civil Cases in that district. <strong>The</strong> pilot<br />

on preservation and e- discovery in a wide project is designed to run for 18 months<br />

variety of cases. It appears a consensus is Port in the Storm, continued on page 66<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 17


Electronic Discovery<br />

Controlling E-Discovery<br />

By John J. Jablonski<br />

and Phillip J. Duffy<br />

Drafting an<br />

Effective Records-<br />

Management Policy<br />

Even small steps to ensure<br />

compliance can go a long<br />

way toward protecting a<br />

company in the long run.<br />

Having a solid records­ management policy and recordsmanagement<br />

program is critically important for companies<br />

of all shapes and sizes. As courts continue to issue<br />

lengthy judicial opinions sanctioning litigants for failing<br />

to preserve potentially relevant documents<br />

and data, companies have become cognizant<br />

of the importance of issuing and<br />

complying with carefully tailored records<br />

management policies. Having a systematic,<br />

well documented, and thoughtful business<br />

approach to retaining, managing,<br />

and ultimately destroying expired, obsolete,<br />

or temporary records is often the best<br />

defense to allegations of spoliation when<br />

an opponent seeks sanctions for missing<br />

documents or electronically stored information<br />

(ESI).<br />

Records-Management<br />

Policies Are Important<br />

A records- management policy supports the<br />

good-faith efforts of a company to retain<br />

and dispose of records in a documented,<br />

systematic manner. A records- management<br />

policy guides a company by identifying the<br />

“official” records of the company, who custodians<br />

of official records are, and the company’s<br />

policy toward all other records, often<br />

called “unofficial” records or “non- records.”<br />

A records- management policy defines retention<br />

periods for records needed for various<br />

legitimate business purposes such as<br />

(1) keeping records as long as necessary to<br />

comply with legal and regulatory requirements,<br />

(2) keeping records used by a company<br />

to conduct business, (3) minimizing<br />

the volume of duplicate copies of records,<br />

(4) reducing storage and maintenance costs,<br />

(5) ensuring the timely disposal of information<br />

copies and other nonessential records,<br />

(6) creating procedures to dispose of<br />

expired or obsolete records systematically<br />

that no longer reflect a company’s current<br />

business practices, (7) helping employees<br />

comply with the policy, and (8) implementing<br />

effective legal holds and preserving records<br />

when required because of a lawsuit<br />

or investigation.<br />

With increasing frequency, clients ask<br />

attorneys to assist them to develop and<br />

18 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

■ John J. Jablonski is the chair of Goldberg Segalla’s E- Discovery Practice Group and concentrates his practice<br />

on commercial and business litigation, developing records management and legal hold policies and<br />

procedures, counseling companies on defensible preservation practices, and supporting trial teams on e-<br />

discovery issues. He is currently the vice chair of <strong>DRI</strong>’s Electronic Discovery Committee. Phillip J. Duffy is a director<br />

in the Products Liability Department at Gibbons P.C. in Newark, New Jersey. He is a founding member<br />

of the firm’s Electronic Discovery Task <strong>For</strong>ce and an active member of <strong>DRI</strong>’s Electronic Discovery Committee.


implement these policies. So it is particularly<br />

important for attorneys to understand<br />

the importance of good records management,<br />

the benefits of having a defensible<br />

policy, and to learn some of the key provisions<br />

that go into a well-crafted recordsmanagement<br />

policy.<br />

<strong>For</strong> one thing, a records- management<br />

policy can control e- discovery. Gaining<br />

control of company data is critical, and<br />

this is best accomplished by developing<br />

and implementing a written recordsmanagement<br />

policy. A comprehensive<br />

records- management policy is an effective<br />

step toward ensuring compliance with<br />

future e- discovery obligations. In fact,<br />

a well-crafted policy not only will help<br />

ensure that a company meets its preservation<br />

obligations, but it may insulate a<br />

company from sanctions. Federal Rule of<br />

Civil Procedure 37(f) provides a limited<br />

“safe harbor” prohibiting the imposition<br />

of sanctions under the rules absent exceptional<br />

circumstances if a party loses ESI as<br />

a result of the “routine, good faith operation”<br />

of an electronic information system.<br />

Courts will more likely than not deem an<br />

electronic system as operating in good<br />

faith when a well- constructed recordsmanagement<br />

policy undergirds the system’s<br />

operation. Moreover, in addition to<br />

thwarting spoliation sanctions, having an<br />

effective records- management policy is<br />

rapidly transforming from a best practice<br />

to a required one. Indeed, the Internal Revenue<br />

Service (IRS) recently revised <strong>For</strong>m<br />

990, the annual information return filed by<br />

most publicly supported exempt organizations,<br />

to include several questions regarding<br />

corporate governance, board structure,<br />

and organizational policies, one of which<br />

specifically asks an exempt organization<br />

whether it has a written document retention<br />

policy in place. <strong>For</strong> all of these reasons,<br />

it is important for companies to develop<br />

written records- management policies.<br />

Creating an Effective Records-<br />

Management Policy<br />

To create an effective records- management<br />

policy the creators need to understand<br />

the principles of records management and<br />

generally accepted record- keeping principles.<br />

Luckily professional organizations<br />

offer reputable resources that an attorney<br />

or a company can refer to begin to develop<br />

this essential knowledge. First, however,<br />

we need to define “records” preliminarily.<br />

Defining “Records”<br />

<strong>The</strong> Federal Records Act, 44 U.S. Code 3301,<br />

although not strictly speaking applicable,<br />

provides a useful definition of records. It<br />

defines U.S. government records as<br />

all books, papers, maps, photographs,<br />

machine- readable materials, or other<br />

documentary materials, regardless of<br />

physical form or characteristics, made<br />

or received by [an agency] in connection<br />

with the transaction of public business<br />

and preserved or appropriate for preservation<br />

by [the agency] as evidence of the<br />

organization, functions, policies, decisions,<br />

procedures, operations, or other<br />

activities of the Government or because<br />

of the informational value of the data<br />

in them.<br />

Principles of Records Management<br />

While many recent spoliation cases provide<br />

detailed guidance on legally defensible<br />

document preservation methods, little case<br />

law exists that defines acceptable recordkeeping<br />

practices. Lawyers are nevertheless<br />

called upon more and more to offer legal<br />

opinions related to records- management<br />

policies and records- retention schedules.<br />

<strong>The</strong> principles associated with good recordkeeping<br />

practices are derived from a number<br />

of sources.<br />

<strong>The</strong> goals of a properly constructed<br />

records- management policy are multifaceted.<br />

First, the policy should address<br />

all five stages of the information life<br />

cycle—creation, identification, retention,<br />

retrieval, and ultimate disposition—for<br />

both electronic and hard copy records. Second,<br />

a policy should account for existing<br />

regulatory- based preservation obligations,<br />

as well as those dictated by a company’s<br />

business needs and potential litigation<br />

risks. Third, a policy should contain welldefined<br />

procedures for suspending routine<br />

computer operations that might overwrite<br />

or destroy data when complying with preservation<br />

obligations related to a legal hold,<br />

such as those imposed by actual or reasonably<br />

anticipated litigation, governmental<br />

investigations or audits.<br />

Creating a comprehensive recordsmanagement<br />

policy involves carefully<br />

assessing corporate electronic data and<br />

storage practices. An ideal policy should<br />

retain the records necessary for business<br />

purposes and to satisfy legal and regulatory<br />

obligations and discard the remainder.<br />

Accomplishing this is easier said than<br />

done and requires a company to reconcile<br />

the competing interests and the inevitable<br />

clash of mindsets. <strong>For</strong> example, it<br />

is certainly not uncommon for information<br />

technology professionals to want to<br />

keep multiple backup copies of data in<br />

case of a disaster and for other reasons,<br />

while legal counsel usually focus on retaining<br />

only those documents necessary to<br />

meet legal requirements. So the best document<br />

retention policies usually result from<br />

extensive collaboration among in-house<br />

counsel, business personnel, IT specialists,<br />

and outside counsel. It is also important<br />

that employees understand up front that a<br />

company’s records- management policy has<br />

the support of the company board, C-level<br />

executives, or both.<br />

<strong>The</strong> components of a successful program<br />

are the following. <strong>The</strong> policy should be<br />

clearly written and easily understandable<br />

by all employees. <strong>The</strong> policy should identify<br />

specific categories of documents and<br />

assign appropriate retention and destruction<br />

schedules. It should, to the extent possible,<br />

identify the personnel responsible for<br />

performing key retention and destructionrelated<br />

tasks. Moreover, the policy should<br />

prescribe and define chains of reporting,<br />

documentation, and accountability.<br />

Before finalizing a policy, it is important<br />

to circulate the policy among key players<br />

to obtain the kind of useful comments<br />

and suggestions that will allow a company<br />

to implement the policy successfully. Document<br />

retention policies are not one-sizefits-all<br />

exercises. Understanding corporate<br />

culture is paramount to drafting an appropriate<br />

and successful policy “individualized”<br />

to a company so that it will use terms<br />

that all employees understand. Feedback<br />

allows a drafter to make a policy more specific<br />

and tailor it to the needs of a company<br />

and generally contributes to the kind<br />

of overall “buy in” at all levels necessary to<br />

ensure successful implementation.<br />

“Generally Accepted<br />

Recordkeeping Principles”<br />

ARMA International released “Generally<br />

Accepted Recordkeeping Principles,”<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 19


Electronic Discovery<br />

(GARP), in 2009. See <strong>The</strong> Generally Accepted<br />

Recordkeeping Principles, http://<br />

www.arma.org/garp/. ARMA International is<br />

a nonprofit professional association and a<br />

recognized authority on managing records<br />

and information. GARP provides a useful<br />

framework for attorneys asked to assist<br />

clients with revising or preparing recordsmanagement<br />

policies. <strong>The</strong>se principles were<br />

Courts will more<br />

likely than not deem an<br />

electronic system as<br />

operating in good faith<br />

when a well- constructed<br />

records-management<br />

policy undergirds the<br />

system’s operation.<br />

developed by leading industry experts and<br />

are similar but not as detailed as the “Generally<br />

Accepted Accounting Principles.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> GARP principles are designed to provide<br />

a theoretical framework for the development,<br />

implementation, and audit of<br />

record- keeping programs around the world.<br />

<strong>The</strong> eight principles are comprehensive in<br />

scope but general in nature. <strong>The</strong>y are not intended<br />

to serve as a legal rule. <strong>The</strong>y outline<br />

the characteristics of an effective recordkeeping<br />

program but they do it flexibly,<br />

recognizing an organization’s unique circumstances<br />

due to size, sophistication, legal<br />

environment, or resources.<br />

<strong>The</strong> GARP principles follow.<br />

• Preamble<br />

Records and recordkeeping are inextricably<br />

linked with any organized<br />

activity. It is only through the information<br />

an organization records in the<br />

normal course of business that it can<br />

know what it has done and effectively<br />

plan what it will do in the future. As<br />

a key resource in the operation of any<br />

organization, records must be created,<br />

organized, secured, maintained,<br />

20 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

and used in a way that effectively supports<br />

the activity of that organization,<br />

including:<br />

• Facilitating and sustaining day-today<br />

operations<br />

• Supporting predictive activities such<br />

as budgeting and planning<br />

• Assisting in answering questions<br />

about past decisions and activities<br />

• Demonstrating and documenting<br />

compliance with applicable laws,<br />

regulations, and standards<br />

• Principle of Accountability<br />

An organization shall assign a senior<br />

executive who will oversee a recordkeeping<br />

program and delegate program<br />

responsibility to appropriate<br />

individuals, adopt policies and procedures<br />

to guide personnel, and ensure<br />

program auditability.<br />

• Principle of Integrity<br />

A recordkeeping program shall be<br />

constructed so the records and information<br />

generated or managed by or<br />

for the organization have a reasonable<br />

and suitable guarantee of authenticity<br />

and reliability.<br />

• Principle of Protection<br />

A recordkeeping program shall be<br />

constructed to ensure a reasonable<br />

level of protection to records and<br />

information that are private, confidential,<br />

privileged, secret, or essential<br />

to business continuity.<br />

• Principle of Compliance<br />

<strong>The</strong> recordkeeping program shall be<br />

constructed to comply with applicable<br />

laws and other binding authorities,<br />

as well as the organization’s policies.<br />

• Principle of Availability<br />

An organization shall maintain<br />

records in a manner that ensures<br />

timely, efficient, and accurate retrieval<br />

of needed information.<br />

• Principle of Retention<br />

An organization shall maintain its<br />

records and information for an appropriate<br />

time, taking into account legal,<br />

regulatory, fiscal, operational, and historical<br />

requirements.<br />

• Principle of Disposition<br />

An organization shall provide secure<br />

and appropriate disposition for<br />

records that are no longer required to<br />

be maintained by applicable laws and<br />

the organization’s policies.<br />

• Principle of Transparency<br />

<strong>The</strong> processes and activities of an<br />

organization’s recordkeeping program<br />

shall be documented in an understandable<br />

manner and be available to<br />

all personnel and appropriate interested<br />

parties.<br />

ARMA International, Generally Accepted<br />

Recordkeeping Principles®, available at<br />

http://www.arma.org/garp/ (last visited Jan.<br />

19, 2011).<br />

ISO 15489-1 Information and<br />

Documentation—Records<br />

Management—General<br />

Additional reputable guidance is available<br />

through the International Organization for<br />

Standardization (ISO), which provides guidance<br />

on various industry specific topics.<br />

With the help of ARMA International, ISO<br />

15489-1 was published in 2001. International<br />

Standard ISO 15489-1, Information and documentation—Records<br />

management—General<br />

(2001) provides worldwide best practices<br />

guidance on records- management principles.<br />

Its implementing companion standard,<br />

ISO 15489-2, Information and documentation—Records<br />

management—Guidelines<br />

(2001), provides guidance on creating and<br />

implementing records- management programs.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se standards and guidelines are<br />

internationally recognized as providing a<br />

responsible framework in which to manage<br />

an organization’s records.<br />

ISO 15489-1 defines “records” as “information<br />

created, received, and maintained<br />

as evidence and information by an organization<br />

or person, in pursuance of legal obligations<br />

or in the transaction of business.”<br />

Specifically, the standard states that<br />

[r]ecords contain information that is<br />

a valuable resource and an important<br />

business asset. A systematic approach<br />

to the management of records is essential<br />

for organizations and society to protect<br />

and preserve records as evidence of<br />

actions. A records management system<br />

results in a source of information about<br />

business activities that can support subsequent<br />

activities and business decisions,<br />

as well as ensuring accountability<br />

to present and future stakeholders.<br />

Legitimate Systematic Destruction<br />

of Records Is Legal<br />

As the Supreme Court has noted, “[d]ocu-


ment retention policies, which are created<br />

in part to keep certain information<br />

from getting into the hands of others, including<br />

the Government, are common in<br />

business. It is, of course, not wrongful<br />

for a manager to instruct his employees<br />

to comply with a valid document retention<br />

policy under ordinary circumstances.”<br />

Arthur Andersen LLP v. United States, 544<br />

U.S. 696, 704 (2005) (internal citation and<br />

quotation marks omitted). As a result “a<br />

party can only be sanctioned for destroying<br />

evidence if it had a duty to preserve<br />

it.” Zubulake v. UBS Warburg LLC, 220<br />

F.R.D. 212, 216 (S.D.N.Y. 2003). <strong>The</strong> tricks<br />

are to know when a company can legally<br />

destroy records and when it cannot and to<br />

craft a records- management policy and a<br />

document- retention policy that appropriately<br />

makes the distinction.<br />

advance for the eventuality of litigation.<br />

Under the e- discovery amendments to the<br />

Federal Rules of Civil Procedure once a<br />

party files a lawsuit in a federal court the<br />

litigating parties must analyze the existence<br />

and relevance of ESI within 90 days.<br />

This offers litigants very little time to prepare<br />

for the mandatory meet and confer<br />

unless they have already considered that<br />

they might face litigation at some point.<br />

A Company Should Train Employees<br />

on and Ensure That <strong>The</strong>y Comply<br />

with a Document-Retention Policy<br />

Once a company has prepared, circulated,<br />

vetted, and implemented a documentretention<br />

policy, the company should<br />

republish it at regular intervals. A company<br />

should offer training to employees on how<br />

to implement the policy so that they clearly<br />

understand their document- management<br />

duties and responsibilities. A company<br />

should document that this training took<br />

place. Moreover, a company should periodically<br />

monitor employee compliance<br />

and document that monitoring took place.<br />

Every so often a company should revise and<br />

modify the policy as the company’s needs<br />

or experiences dictate.<br />

A company also should provide copies<br />

of the company’s document- retention policy<br />

during training sessions for new hires<br />

and reissue it during refresher courses<br />

as necessary. A well-drafted policy complemented<br />

by consistent monitoring and<br />

enforcement, builds a culture of compliance<br />

that will serve a company well in the<br />

event of litigation.<br />

Organizations Must Plan in Advance<br />

for Litigation Eventualities<br />

E-discovery is here to stay. <strong>The</strong> sheer volume<br />

of ESI is staggering. A company must<br />

have “at the ready” an in-house or hired<br />

technology expert to help preserve, collect,<br />

and produce ESI. A company must plan in<br />

When sophisticated networks, custom data sets, or antiquated<br />

technologies stand between you and critical information, call Semke<br />

<strong>For</strong>ensic for solutions. Our experts advise Litigation, Insurance and<br />

Corporate clients on matters of electronic discovery and the technical<br />

complexities that accompany them. Semke <strong>For</strong>ensic possesses the tools<br />

and skills necessary to identify and obtain key electronic evidence.<br />

IMAGINE THE POSSIBILITIES.<br />

WE CAN HELP MAKE THEM REALITY.<br />

Visit www.semke.com for more information. 888.804.5020<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 21


Electronic Discovery<br />

Having an effective<br />

records-management policy<br />

is rapidly transforming<br />

from a best practice<br />

to a required one.<br />

22 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

An organization ideally should have an<br />

adequate e- discovery plan in place before<br />

someone sues the organization. We recommend<br />

making this a number one priority.<br />

Without a prelitigation e- discovery plan<br />

in place, an organization risks sanctions<br />

and other intangible losses when sued.<br />

<strong>For</strong> example, in one discovery dispute the<br />

court ordered the defendant to participate<br />

in depositions relating to the defendant’s<br />

entire data storage system to help<br />

the plaintiff develop a search protocol for<br />

searching the defendant’s electronic claim<br />

files. In Zurich Am. Ins. Co. v. Ace Am.<br />

Reins. Co., No. 05 CIV 9170 RMB JCF, 2006<br />

WL 3771090 (S.D.N.Y. Dec. 22, 2006), the<br />

defendant submitted an affidavit of the<br />

individual responsible for handling the<br />

defendant’s claims, which included the<br />

claim involving the plaintiff. <strong>The</strong> affidavit<br />

stated that the defendant’s computer<br />

system could not segregate claims by the<br />

amount of the claim, the type of claim, or<br />

the reason that the defendant may have<br />

denied the claim, although the defendant<br />

processed thousands of claims.<br />

<strong>The</strong> court held that a “sophisticated [entity]<br />

that operates a multimillion dollar<br />

business is entitled to little sympathy for<br />

utilizing an opaque data storage system,<br />

particularly when, by the nature of its business,<br />

it can reasonably anticipate frequent<br />

litigation.” <strong>The</strong> court recognized, however,<br />

that the volume of data rendered searching<br />

the entire database infeasible. <strong>The</strong> court ordered<br />

the parties to propose a protocol for<br />

sampling the relevant claim files. To facilitate<br />

the process, the plaintiff was permitted<br />

to depose the affiant mentioned above and<br />

other persons familiar with the defendant’s<br />

data- storage system. <strong>The</strong> court ordered the<br />

defendant to support objections to the sampling<br />

proposal with “specific evidence of the<br />

cost and burden involved.” If the defendant<br />

had considered litigation needs before litigation<br />

actually happened, the court may<br />

not have ordered depositions about the defendant’s<br />

entire data- storage system and<br />

saved the defendant the costly e- discovery<br />

that certainly followed.<br />

A Good Litigation Hold Policy Is<br />

Critical to Preservation Success<br />

By now the courts have made it generally<br />

understood that parties must take<br />

reasonable and good-faith efforts to preserve<br />

electronic evidence and documents<br />

that may be relevant to pending or threatened<br />

litigation and that issuing a written<br />

legal hold directive is a critical first step in<br />

attempting to meet this obligation. <strong>The</strong>refore,<br />

a good records- retention policy must<br />

clearly include and ensure that a company<br />

issues timely legal holds and educates<br />

employees about the importance and general<br />

mechanics of legal holds. Although a<br />

legal hold directive will vary with the circumstances,<br />

a successful legal hold policy<br />

has several standard components that<br />

a company should incorporate into or at<br />

least reference in the company documentretention<br />

policy to the extent possible.<br />

A legal hold policy, also called a litigation<br />

hold, a records hold, or a hold order,<br />

is a necessary component of a recordsmanagement<br />

policy. A legal hold policy<br />

should include language that protects a<br />

company and limits the legal hold obligation<br />

to its appropriate circumstances. <strong>The</strong><br />

policy should specify that the scope of a<br />

legal hold shall be reasonable considering<br />

the issues, actual or anticipated claims,<br />

defenses, and pertinent time periods. It<br />

should further specify that a company<br />

shall only distribute a legal hold notice to<br />

key custodians, meaning those employees,<br />

departments, other individuals, or entities<br />

which the company has identified as potentially<br />

having possession, custody, or control<br />

of documents or data that may fall within<br />

the scope of the hold as the company deems<br />

necessary.<br />

All Employees Must Work from<br />

the Same Legal Hold Map<br />

A company should advise the company<br />

employees through appropriate policy provisions<br />

that, at the company’s discretion,<br />

the company may apply company policies<br />

and procedures to preserve documents and<br />

data for legal purposes when warranted.<br />

Employees should understand that a legal<br />

hold simply means that they must preserve<br />

and must not destroy certain information.<br />

A company should direct company employees<br />

that the legal hold policy (1) shall apply<br />

to documents regardless of form or storage<br />

medium, and specifically includes electronically<br />

stored information as well as<br />

paper documents; (2) shall take priority<br />

over the company’s document- retention<br />

policy any time the company issues a legal<br />

hold notice; (3) shall not impose any duty<br />

or obligations beyond those imposed by<br />

applicable law or regulations; and (4) may<br />

be reviewed or revised at any time by the<br />

company. A legal hold policy should also<br />

explain to employees the circumstances<br />

under which a company may issue a legal<br />

hold. To this end, a company should advise<br />

employees that the company shall suspend<br />

its document- retention policy and<br />

issue a legal hold notice when the company<br />

(1) learns of pending litigation, (2) is<br />

notified of a credible threat of litigation, or<br />

(3) learns of another legal duty to preserve<br />

documents or data.<br />

Recent Legal Hold Case Law<br />

Recently, a number of courts have issued<br />

significant judicial opinions directly<br />

addressing legal holds. <strong>The</strong>se cases detail<br />

steps that various courts around the country<br />

deem necessary to evidence preservation.<br />

A court may sanction a company if it<br />

does not take some basic steps to support<br />

issuing a legal hold when a company reasonably<br />

anticipates litigation.<br />

Judge Shira Scheindlin, well known to litigation<br />

attorneys preserving evidence, issued<br />

a series of seminal opinions that defined a<br />

legal hold in the Zubulake v. UBS Warburg<br />

case in 2004 and 2005. Courts throughout<br />

the United States have widely cited the Zubulake<br />

opinions in other opinions. Scheindlin<br />

“revisited” the preservation standards articulated<br />

in the Zubulake cases in an 89-page<br />

comprehensive legal hold opinion in <strong>The</strong> Pension<br />

Comm. v. Banc of America Sec., No. 05<br />

Civ. 9016 (SAS), 2010 WL 184312 (S.D.N.Y.<br />

Jan. 15, 2010), even subtitling the opinion<br />

“Zubulake: Six Years Later.”<br />

In the Pension Committee opinion,<br />

Scheindlin reiterated many of the concerns


aised by the Zubulake case six years earlier.<br />

In the Pension Committee case tremendous<br />

legal resources were devoted to arguments<br />

over the shoddy legal hold efforts of a group<br />

of plaintiffs. <strong>The</strong> plaintiffs’ failure to issue<br />

timely legal hold notices and to enforce the<br />

legal holds properly now seriously jeopardize<br />

their case. Scheindlin concluded<br />

that an organization’s failure to issue written<br />

legal holds will inevitably result in the<br />

destruction of relevant evidence.<br />

Shortly thereafter, Judge Lee Rosenthal<br />

also called into question legal hold practices<br />

in Rimkus v. Cammarata, No. 07-cv-<br />

00405 (S.D. Tex. Feb. 19, 2010). <strong>The</strong> opinion<br />

singled out the need for better preservation<br />

practices to maintain the integrity<br />

of the judicial process. “Spoliation allegations<br />

and sanctions motions distract from<br />

the merits of a case, add costs to discovery,<br />

and delay resolution,” wrote Rosenthal,<br />

who chose not to impose monetary sanctions<br />

based on the facts of the case, instead<br />

opting to instruct the jury about the defendants’<br />

willful destruction of evidence.<br />

Two more recent cases reaffirm Scheindlin’s<br />

position that the lack of written legal<br />

holds will inevitably lead to the wrongful<br />

destruction of relevant evidence. In Crown<br />

Castle USA, Inc. v. Nudd Corp., No. 05-CV-<br />

6163T, 2010 WL 1286366 (W.D.N.Y. Mar.<br />

31, 2010), the plaintiff failed to issue a legal<br />

hold resulting in the “wholesale destruction”<br />

of responsive ESI. <strong>The</strong> court deemed<br />

the behavior grossly negligent and compelled<br />

the plaintiff to undertake extensive<br />

effort to recover the lost data to avoid even<br />

harsher monetary sanctions.<br />

In late April 2010, U.S. District Judge<br />

Richard Sullivan issued severe sanctions<br />

for a party’s failure to issue a written legal<br />

hold in Merck Eprova v. Gnosis, No. 07-CV-<br />

5898 (RJS) 2010 WL 1631519 (S.D.N.Y. Apr.<br />

20, 2010). Making frequent references to<br />

Scheindlin’s Pension Committee opinion,<br />

the court declared, “[t]here is no doubt<br />

that Defendants failed to issue a legal hold”<br />

and deemed “this failure… a clear case of<br />

gross negligence.” In addition to requiring<br />

the defendants to pay the plaintiff’s legal<br />

fees and costs, Sullivan fined the defendants<br />

$25,000 “both to deter future misconduct…<br />

and to instill… some modicum of<br />

respect for the judicial process.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> need to issue a legal hold policy in<br />

conjunction with a records- management<br />

policy was made clear in Jones v. Bremen<br />

High School, No. 08 C 3548 (N.D. Ill. May 25,<br />

2010). In Jones an Illinois court expressed<br />

complete dismay with the defendant’s lackadaisical<br />

approach to records management.<br />

In this discrimination case, the defendant’s<br />

actions included failing to issue a legal hold,<br />

adhere to a published document- retention<br />

program, and suspend automatic deletion<br />

of relevant electronic files. During discovery,<br />

the IT manager at the suburban Chicago<br />

school district testified about certain<br />

record- keeping practices that were at odds<br />

with the organization’s publicly available<br />

records- management policy. This dichotomy<br />

did not sit well with the judge. Sanctions<br />

included special jury instructions and<br />

additional discovery costs.<br />

Implementing a Good Legal Hold<br />

Involves Taking Seven Steps<br />

Although courts often declare that preservation<br />

perfection is not the goal, spoliation<br />

cases do require companies to take<br />

reasonable and good-faith steps to prevent<br />

spoliation. <strong>The</strong> necessary steps are best<br />

understood as a seven-step business process.<br />

See John J. Isaza and John J. Jablonski,<br />

Seven Steps for Legal Holds of ESI and<br />

Other Documents (ARMA International<br />

2009) (discussing legal holds in detail). <strong>The</strong><br />

seven steps are as follows.<br />

First, identify the trigger event. Issuing<br />

a legal hold becomes necessary when an<br />

organization “reasonably anticipates” litigation<br />

or regulatory action. Once the duty<br />

to preserve is triggered, an organization<br />

must take steps to ensure that it preserves<br />

potentially relevant data. Examples of typical<br />

trigger events include the filing of a lawsuit,<br />

a notice or threat of an intent to file a<br />

lawsuit, the occurrence of an events that<br />

typically will result in legal action such as a<br />

significant monetary loss, a severe injury or<br />

death, a breach of a contract, or a product<br />

defect, or the filing of an employment claim<br />

an agency such as the U.S. Equal Employment<br />

Opportunity Commission. An often<br />

overlooked “trigger event” occurs when an<br />

organization first contemplates taking a<br />

legal action as a plaintiff.<br />

Second, analyze the duty to preserve.<br />

Once an organization has identified the<br />

duty to preserve, the organization must<br />

determine if it needs to implement a legal<br />

hold. An organization’s general counsel,<br />

chief compliance executive, or an outside<br />

counsel typically does the analysis leading<br />

to the decision to implement a legal hold. It<br />

is important to keep in mind that a court<br />

judges an organization’s knowledge on a<br />

“knew or should have known” standard<br />

if spoliation occurs. If people exchange<br />

e-mails that say, “We are going to be sued<br />

over this,” it is reasonable to assume that<br />

Without a prelitigation<br />

e- discovery plan in place, an<br />

organization risks sanctions<br />

and other intangible<br />

losses when sued.<br />

a court will view the exchange as a trigger<br />

event. Lawyers can crucially resolve ambiguities<br />

or close calls.<br />

Third, define the scope of the legal hold.<br />

If an organization decides that it must preserve<br />

ESI and physical documents, the<br />

organization must define the scope of<br />

information that it will preserve. Custodians,<br />

meaning those individuals who have<br />

custody, ownership, or control over the<br />

information, must receive guidance about<br />

what information they need to preserve.<br />

Merely asking someone to “look for things<br />

to keep” or to “preserve relevant information”<br />

is insufficient to meet preservation<br />

obligations. Often defining the scope<br />

starts by identifying key players with direct<br />

knowledge of the specific legal matter. This<br />

will be a small group, but the number of<br />

individuals receiving hold instructions can<br />

be very large. <strong>For</strong> example, in an antitrust<br />

case a large multinational company could<br />

compel thousands of employees to preserve<br />

relevant e-mails and business records.<br />

Fourth, implement the legal hold. <strong>The</strong> implementation<br />

phase has been garnering the<br />

most scrutiny by the courts in recent court<br />

opinions. <strong>For</strong> this reason, the standards<br />

have become much more stringent, stemming<br />

directly from Scheindlin’s landmark<br />

Pension Committee opinion. It is becoming<br />

clear that issuing a timely written legal hold<br />

Records Mgmt., continued on page 69<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 23


Electronic Discovery<br />

Company-Enabled<br />

Technologies, Social<br />

Networking Platforms,<br />

and Mobile Devices<br />

By John D. Martin<br />

and Heyward D. Bonyata<br />

Managing Electronic<br />

Discovery and<br />

Compliance Risks<br />

Increased efficiency,<br />

greater revenue,<br />

enhanced security,<br />

and legal defensibility<br />

are the rewards of<br />

a proactive data<br />

management strategy.<br />

Cloud computing, SharePoint, social networking websites,<br />

e-mail, text messages, and Twitter are just a few of<br />

the ways that employees collaborate, create, store, and<br />

instantly transmit ideas, images, and information. In<br />

today’s economic climate where market<br />

conditions and stiff competition demand<br />

quick responses, high productivity, and<br />

internal efficiencies, technology offers<br />

enormous value; however, it also carries<br />

with it significant business and legal<br />

risks. To implement and respond to rapidly<br />

evolving business technologies effectively,<br />

it is critical for counsel to have a good<br />

grasp of the methods and means by which<br />

employees are communicating, as well as<br />

to understand the legal risk factors and<br />

mitigation strategies associated with those<br />

methods and means.<br />

Communication Technology<br />

To mitigate the legal risks associated with<br />

collaborative technologies counsel need to<br />

understand cloud computing, Enterprise<br />

2.0, and basic social networking platforms.<br />

Cloud Computing<br />

Some define cloud computing narrowly<br />

as an updated version of utility computing—or<br />

virtual servers available over the<br />

Internet—while others argue that anything<br />

hosted outside a firewall is “in the<br />

cloud,” including conventional outsourcing.<br />

<strong>The</strong> National Institute of Standards<br />

and Technology (NIST) defines cloud computing<br />

as “a model for enabling convenient,<br />

on- demand network access to a shared<br />

pool of configurable computing resources<br />

(e.g., networks, servers, storage, applications,<br />

and services) that can be rapidly<br />

provisioned and released with minimal<br />

management effort or service provider<br />

interaction.” Peter Mell & Tim Grance, <strong>The</strong><br />

NIST Definition of Cloud Computing: Recommendations<br />

of the National Institute of<br />

Standards and Technology 3, NIST Special<br />

Publication 800-145, (Nat’l Inst. of Standards<br />

& Technology Sept. 2011), http://csrc.<br />

nist.gov/ publications/nistpubs/800-145/SP800-<br />

145.pdf. Cloud computing makes it easier to<br />

communicate and work together on documents,<br />

calendars, and other collaborative<br />

projects. Employees of companies who<br />

use cloud computing can access information<br />

and run software applications wher-<br />

24 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

■ John D. Martin and Heyward D. Bonyata are attorneys at Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough, LLP based<br />

in Columbia, South Carolina. Mr. Martin is the leader of the firm’s Encompass E-Discovery and Document<br />

Review Solutions division, and Ms. Bonyata serves as the Encompass Operations Manager. Both authors are<br />

members of <strong>DRI</strong>’s Electronic Discovery Committee, for which Mr. Martin also serves as publications chair.


ever they may be, whenever they need it,<br />

and from virtually any device connected<br />

to the Internet.<br />

According to a January 2011 report by<br />

Cisco, 88 percent of IT respondents predicted<br />

that they would store some percentage<br />

of their companies’ data and<br />

applications in private or public clouds<br />

within the next three years. Cisco Connected<br />

World Report, Software World, Jan.<br />

2011, available at Westlaw 1/1/11 SOFT-<br />

WORLD 5. <strong>For</strong> companies that need to<br />

strictly control their IT infrastructure<br />

costs, cloud computing can be a tremendous<br />

asset, allowing businesses to pay only<br />

for the computing services that they need.<br />

Enterprise 2.0<br />

One of the most dynamic concepts impacting<br />

large businesses is Enterprise 2.0,<br />

which is the use of technologies to enable<br />

or streamline business processes while<br />

enhancing collaboration—connecting people<br />

through the use of social- networking<br />

tools. Enterprise 2.0 helps employees, customers,<br />

and suppliers collaborate, share,<br />

and organize information. In a study by<br />

AIIM Industry Watch Collaboration and<br />

Enterprise 2.0, 71 percent of people agreed<br />

that it was easier to locate “knowledge” on<br />

the web than on their own company’s internal<br />

systems. Doug Miles, Enterprise 2.0:<br />

Work-Meets-Play or the Future of Business,<br />

AIIM (Sept./Oct. 2009). Companies<br />

operating within an Enterprise 2.0 framework<br />

are seeking to reverse this trend with<br />

integrated internal networks.<br />

Integrated internal social networks typically<br />

offer a number of features:<br />

• Users have a rich social profile revealing<br />

their expertise, experience, knowledge,<br />

and results.<br />

• Employees have the ability to send and<br />

receive messages using microblogging,<br />

e-mails, and text messages.<br />

• <strong>The</strong> software may be integrated with<br />

SharePoint or devices such as smart<br />

phones and iPads.<br />

• Employees from many levels of an organization<br />

can submit ideas, vet them,<br />

refine them, and vote on them.<br />

• Internal communication improves, an<br />

organization can dissipate rumors, and<br />

it can address concerns directly where<br />

they’re posted.<br />

• <strong>The</strong> most popular content rises to the<br />

top, instantly plugging management<br />

into the virtual water cooler.<br />

• Productivity increases and turnover<br />

decreases creating a highly attractive<br />

environment for new talent.<br />

• New employees access institutional<br />

knowledge instantly driving learning<br />

curves down and results up.<br />

SharePoint, which is now prevalent in<br />

the business community, is a family of<br />

Microsoft document management products<br />

that facilitates collaboration, file sharing,<br />

and web publishing. Social networking<br />

platforms enable employees to engage in<br />

collaborative communication through<br />

online communities, discussions, wikis,<br />

and blogs, among other methods. Jive Software,<br />

for example, is a company that has<br />

developed a suite of corporate social networking<br />

tools tailored for various activities<br />

such as employee collaboration or brainstorming.<br />

Another popular provider of<br />

internal social networks is Yammer, which<br />

originally began as an internal version of<br />

Twitter, allowing employees to broadcast<br />

messages within a company or within certain<br />

company groups. Although Yammer<br />

offers an internal microblogging service,<br />

it is quickly becoming a comprehensive<br />

enterprise social network.<br />

Social Networking Platforms<br />

In addition to collaboration technologies<br />

used within companies, employees regularly<br />

use a number of popular public social<br />

networking platforms including, among<br />

others, Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, and<br />

MySpace. According to a July 2009 Morgan<br />

Stanley report, social networking<br />

users surpassed e-mail users worldwide.<br />

Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., <strong>The</strong> Mobile<br />

Internet Report (Dec. 15, 2009), available<br />

at http://www.morganstanley.com/institutional/<br />

techresearch/mobile_internet_report122009.html<br />

(last visited Dec. 29, 2011). Given the popularity<br />

of modern social networking platforms,<br />

many company employees will use<br />

one or more of these platforms on a regular<br />

or even daily basis. As of January 2011,<br />

Facebook had 600 million active monthly<br />

users, all of whom can create profiles with<br />

photos, lists of personal interests, contact<br />

information, and other personal information.<br />

Users communicate with friends and<br />

other users through private or public messages<br />

and a chat feature. <strong>The</strong>y can also create<br />

and join special interest groups. Users<br />

often identify themselves as employees of<br />

a particular company on Facebook, and<br />

while an individual can set his or her Facebook<br />

page settings so that the page remains<br />

private, in practice anyone who is listed as a<br />

“friend” of that person can access it.<br />

Twitter is a microblogging service that allows<br />

users to send and read messages called<br />

tweets. It is estimated that Twitter has 190<br />

million users generating 65 million tweets<br />

per day. Tweets are publicly visible by default,<br />

although if a person writing a tweet<br />

takes a specific action, only that person’s followers<br />

can view his or her tweets. As with<br />

Facebook, Twitter users often identify themselves<br />

as employees of particular companies.<br />

Blogs are among the most public of<br />

all Web 2.0 communications. Outside of<br />

blogs that exist on internal company networks,<br />

most blogs are open to anyone with<br />

an Internet connection. It is common for<br />

employees to blog about their work and<br />

the companies that they work for, and a<br />

number of studies have indicated that this<br />

phenomenon can significantly impact company<br />

brand recognition.<br />

Instant messaging and text messages<br />

increasingly are also becoming routine.<br />

In 2008, for example, the total global user<br />

base for text messaging passed the three<br />

billion mark. <strong>Today</strong> 76 percent of all mobile<br />

phone subscribers worldwide use text messaging,<br />

also known as “SMS,” or “BBM”<br />

for instant communications sent by Blackberry’s<br />

service. Tomi T. Ahonen & Alan<br />

Moore, 3 Billion Use SMS, What Does That<br />

Mean, Communities Dominate Brands<br />

weblog (Mar. 6, 2009), http://communitiesdominate.blogs.com/brands/2009/03/3-<br />

billionuse-<br />

sms- what- does- that- mean.html.<br />

Devices Used by Employees to<br />

Communicate Information<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are compelling business reasons<br />

for companies to encourage employees to<br />

use company- issued mobile- devices and,<br />

for decades, those resources have played<br />

important roles in workplaces. In recent<br />

years, there has been a considerable proliferation<br />

of the various types of devices<br />

available for use, allowing companies to<br />

enjoy even greater connectivity and business<br />

productivity than ever before.<br />

<strong>The</strong> business community widely uses<br />

smart phones such as iPhone, Droid, or<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 25


Electronic Discovery<br />

Blackberry. <strong>The</strong>y run complete operating<br />

system software, and most of them have<br />

the ability to capture images and video.<br />

According to a 2010 study by ComScore,<br />

out of 234 million total subscribers, over<br />

45.5 million people in the United States<br />

owned smart phones. Press Release, Michigan<br />

Educations Savings Program Launches<br />

New Mobile Phone Application, Pace &<br />

<strong>The</strong> most popular<br />

content rises to the<br />

top, instantly plugging<br />

management into the<br />

virtual water cooler.<br />

Partners (Jan. 6, 2011), http://www.misaves.<br />

com/documents/pr_011111.pdf.<br />

Tablet computers are also becoming<br />

increasingly popular tools in workplaces,<br />

the most popular of which is the iPad,<br />

which is light and portable with an attractive<br />

interface. iPads, which employees often<br />

use for a wide variety of business and personal<br />

uses, are able to wirelessly connect to<br />

networks, and many will run on networks<br />

provided and maintained by an employee’s<br />

company.<br />

Benefiting from New Technology<br />

in the Workplace<br />

Technologies benefit companies in many<br />

ways: they increase collaboration, efficiency<br />

and productivity; they play to the<br />

strengths that first-time entrants bring to<br />

the workplace; and they expand business<br />

promotion.<br />

26 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

Collaboration, Efficiency, and Productivity<br />

<strong>The</strong> corporate environment of the twentieth<br />

century was characterized by a vertical,<br />

top-down approach to communication and<br />

interaction. <strong>The</strong> twenty-first century corporate<br />

environment flattens this structure and<br />

has allowed coordination across geographically<br />

dispersed entities connected through<br />

electronic networks: “Work product, data,<br />

and information can now be transmitted<br />

rapidly and inexpensively, eliminating<br />

the need for hierarchical coordination<br />

structures. Individuals who work for interconnected<br />

and technologically advanced<br />

organizations are adapting and constantly<br />

learning.” Paul Asunda, Productivity, Social<br />

Networks and Net Communities in the<br />

Workplace, Techniques, May 1, 2010. Allowing<br />

and even training employees to interact<br />

in this relatively new world, microblogging,<br />

social networking, and cloud computing<br />

offer a number of advantages such as improved<br />

efficiency. Jive Software recently<br />

conducted a survey of 500 people in more<br />

than 300 of its customers that use internal<br />

social networks. Those businesses spanned<br />

high-tech, financial services, communications,<br />

health care, and other industries. According<br />

to the study, social networking tools<br />

increased the number of ideas generated<br />

and captured, raised employee satisfaction<br />

levels, and maximized project collaboration<br />

and productivity. Correspondingly,<br />

the amount of e-mail and time that employees<br />

expended finding answers significantly<br />

diminished. Clint Boulton, Social<br />

Software Boosts Employee, Customer Engagement:<br />

Jive, eWeek.com (Feb. 3, 2011),<br />

http://www.eweek.com/c/a/Messaging- and-<br />

Collaboration/Social- Software- Boosts- Employee-<br />

Customer- Enagement- Jive- 178705/.<br />

Skill Enhancement<br />

With Web 2.0 technologies present in<br />

virtually every industry and the digital<br />

age in full swing, the disparities between<br />

employees who are digital immigrants and<br />

those who are digital natives have become<br />

apparent. Digital immigrants learned their<br />

trades before computers took hold in the<br />

modern workplace, and they have had to<br />

adapt to remain current and effective on<br />

the job. Generally these employees typically<br />

are less inclined to embrace the latest<br />

technology fad until it had become a<br />

well- established tool. Digital natives, on the<br />

other hand, have made technology a way<br />

of life, and they are far more likely to stay<br />

abreast of emerging technological trends<br />

geared toward speed and efficiency than<br />

digital immigrants.<br />

Virtually anyone entering the workforce<br />

today for the first time is a digital<br />

native, and digital natives will soon outnumber<br />

the rest. In many industries, they<br />

already do. If companies hope to maximize<br />

employee satisfaction and harness productivity<br />

and efficiencies, it makes sense to<br />

incorporate the tools with which the majority<br />

of their employees are most comfortable<br />

into their business practices.<br />

Business Promotion<br />

New and emerging technologies can boost<br />

marketing efforts, increasing customer<br />

retention, brand awareness, customer feedback,<br />

and new customer sales, and they can<br />

decrease support call volume. Allowing<br />

employees to use public social networking<br />

tools, web-based technologies, and microblogging<br />

in the normal course of business<br />

offers tremendous marketing opportunities.<br />

Blogs, for example, can increase online<br />

visibility, enhance professional credibility,<br />

provide useful information to potential clients<br />

and attract new visitors to a company’s<br />

website; Twitter provides a personal,<br />

one-to-one connection through tweets<br />

from a “live” person; Facebook promotes a<br />

casual forum for interaction; and LinkedIn<br />

encourages exchanging credentials and<br />

nurturing professional relationships in a<br />

formal setting.<br />

Risks of Emerging Technology<br />

in the Workplace<br />

Although incorporating emerging technologies<br />

into a company’s business model<br />

arguably has enormous benefits, doing so<br />

also poses significant risks.<br />

Impact on and Security of<br />

Company Resources<br />

On the management front, emerging technology<br />

can affect resources, and ultimately<br />

revenue. While the number of applications<br />

found on corporate networks has remained<br />

relatively stable over the past year, the<br />

bandwidth that new applications consume<br />

has more than doubled and is expected to<br />

grow even more in the very near future.<br />

Additionally, because of the trust-based<br />

nature of public social networks, employees<br />

can unintentionally and unknowingly<br />

introduce malware and viruses into computer<br />

systems.<br />

As Enterprise 2.0 information sources<br />

proliferate, the need for a single search interface<br />

will become increasingly more important.<br />

As Martin Butler pointed out in<br />

<strong>The</strong> Business Value of Enterprise Search:<br />

A Review of Cost Effective Solutions for<br />

Managers, while search functions have


often been treated as afterthoughts, they<br />

deserve at least as much attention as information<br />

creation processes such as data entry<br />

and document creation and can create<br />

value from an organization’s information<br />

resources. In expanding the ability of employees<br />

to cull through a company’s data,<br />

awareness of the risks presented with enterprise<br />

search is critical, and an employee’s<br />

ability to search should ideally be managed<br />

in a way that prevents him or her from accessing<br />

sensitive information. Before introducing<br />

Enterprise 2.0, certain data may<br />

have existed on a company’s network, and<br />

while it may have been technically accessible<br />

by anyone on the network, the inability<br />

to search and cull that data meant that the<br />

information was effectively protected. As<br />

Enterprise 2.0 makes network data easy to<br />

locate and access, companies should consider<br />

enhancing security on individual sites<br />

and even on individual documents.<br />

Regarding mobile devices, employers<br />

should consider the risks that they involve<br />

before deploying the newest devices among<br />

their workforces or sanctioning their use.<br />

iPads, for example, lack many of the features<br />

that make devices such as BlackBerries<br />

easier to secure and control, and it is<br />

currently more difficult to limit the installation<br />

of applications or wireless connectivity<br />

of iPads than with other devices. <strong>The</strong><br />

appeal and functionality of the iPad interface,<br />

coupled with the lack of corporate<br />

enterprise control over company- issued or<br />

personally acquired iPads, perfectly exemplifies<br />

the risks and benefits that companies<br />

will have to consider when implementing<br />

new technologies.<br />

On the personnel front, the amount of<br />

time that employees waste on social networking<br />

sites can also have a significant<br />

financial impact on a business’ bottom line.<br />

One study published last year by Morse, an<br />

IT company, estimated that personal use<br />

of social networks during the working day<br />

cost the British economy almost £1.4 billion,<br />

$2.3 billion, a year in lost productivity.<br />

Another study by Nucleus Research, an<br />

American firm, concluded that if companies<br />

banned employees from using Facebook<br />

while at work, their productivity<br />

would improve by 1.5 percent. Executive<br />

Briefing, <strong>The</strong> Economist, Feb. 2, 2010, available<br />

at Westlaw 2/2/10 EXECUTIVBRFG 6.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Economist, however, has argued that<br />

these studies may overstate potential productivity<br />

loss as the studies assume that<br />

employees would actually work rather than<br />

find some other way to pass the time that<br />

they have to spare. Id.<br />

Harmful Use of Emerging Technologies<br />

When an employee has identified himself<br />

or herself through social networking as an<br />

employee of a company, in a sense he or she<br />

speaks on behalf of the company, which<br />

can potentially have harmful consequences<br />

for the company. <strong>For</strong> example, an employee<br />

can commit copyright infringement if he or<br />

she posts content without the content owner’s<br />

permission. An employee can defame,<br />

libel or slander if the employee makes a<br />

false claim about a person or competitor’s<br />

product. An employee can disclose propriety<br />

or confidential information by divulging<br />

highly sensitive information. When an<br />

employee speaks on company issues without<br />

authority, he or she could harm the<br />

company. Or an employee could create an<br />

employment issue by posting something to<br />

Facebook, Twitter or Yammer that he or she<br />

would never normally put formally in writing<br />

in either an e-mail or a letter.<br />

Relevance and Discoverability<br />

Due to the increasing use of electronic<br />

media, “the universe of discoverable material<br />

has expanded exponentially,” and<br />

discovery costs have skyrocketed. See<br />

Zubulake v. U.B.S. Warburg, L.L.C. (Zubulake<br />

I), 217 F.R.D. 309, 311 (S.D.N.Y. 2003).<br />

Discovery is no longer “just about uncovering<br />

the truth, but also about how much<br />

of the truth the parties can afford to disinter.”<br />

Id.<br />

<strong>The</strong> duties to preserve and produce documents<br />

relevant to litigation are not new.<br />

However, electronic media use has broadened<br />

the scope of that duty greatly. Because<br />

the amount of information has increased<br />

exponentially, the difficulty in identifying,<br />

preserving, and producing information<br />

that is relevant to a lawsuit is greater than<br />

it has ever been.<br />

Courts have consistently held that information<br />

stored in electronic format is discoverable<br />

under the Federal Rules of Civil<br />

Procedure as long as it is within the scope<br />

defined by the rules. Federal Rule of Civil<br />

Procedure 26 permits parties to “obtain discovery<br />

regarding any matter, not privileged,<br />

that is relevant to the claim or defense of<br />

any party.” Fed. R. Civ. P. 26(b)(1). <strong>The</strong> 1970<br />

Advisory Committee Notes regarding Federal<br />

Rule of Civil Procedure 34(a) specifically<br />

recognizes that discovery procedures<br />

under the federal rules apply to electronic<br />

data and information. Fed. R. Civ. P. 34(a)<br />

advisory committee’s notes, (1970). Similarly,<br />

the 1993 Advisory Committee Notes<br />

to Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 26(a)(1)<br />

(B) indicate that parties should disclose the<br />

“nature and location” of “computerized data<br />

and other electronically recorded information.”<br />

Fed. R. Civ. P. 26(a)(1)(B) advisory<br />

committee’s notes (1993).<br />

Discovery requests targeting relevant<br />

electronic information the privileges do not<br />

protect and that do not run afoul of Federal<br />

Rule of Civil Procedure 26 are appropriate<br />

under the federal rules. <strong>For</strong> example, courts<br />

have routinely held that electronic information<br />

is discoverable in forms such as<br />

computer magnetic tapes, disks, computer<br />

files, e-mails, backup systems, and hard<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 27


Electronic Discovery<br />

drives among other forms. See, e.g., Zubulake<br />

I, 217 F.R.D. at 317 (“[plain tiff] is entitled<br />

to discovery of the requested e-mails<br />

so long as they are relevant to her claims”);<br />

Antioch Co. v. Scrapbook Borders, Inc., 210<br />

F.R.D. 645, 652 (D. Minn. 2002) (“[I]t is a<br />

well accepted proposition that deleted computer<br />

files, whether they be e-mails or otherwise,<br />

are discoverable.”) Moreover, due to<br />

Virtually anyone entering<br />

the workforce today for the<br />

first time is a digital native,<br />

and digital natives will<br />

soon outnumber the rest.<br />

the unique nature of computerized data litigants<br />

can discover even “deleted” electronic<br />

information because a backup or emergency<br />

system will often save it. See Simon Property<br />

Group, L.P. v. MySimon, Inc., 194 F.R.D. 639,<br />

640 (S.D. Ind. 2000) (“[C]om puter records,<br />

including records that have been deleted,<br />

are documents discoverable under Fed. R.<br />

Civ. P. 34.”).<br />

<strong>The</strong> discoverability of emerging social<br />

media presents some unique challenges.<br />

Information from internal instantmessaging<br />

chats, virtual desktops, Yammer,<br />

Facebook, or Twitter posts can provide<br />

evidence vital to disputes and regulatory<br />

proceedings: “Indeed, such evidence may<br />

be the new ‘smoking gun’ in many cases.”<br />

Steven C. Bennett, Civil Discovery of Social<br />

Networking Information, 29 S.W. Law Rev.<br />

413, 413–14 (2010).<br />

In 2006, the U.S. Supreme Court<br />

amended the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure<br />

to create a category for electronic<br />

records that for the first time explicitly<br />

named e-mails and instant- message chats<br />

as records that businesses should probably<br />

archive and produce when relevant.<br />

Although the case law discussing the discoverability<br />

of information on the newly<br />

emerging external and internal social<br />

networks is less than robust, the limited<br />

authority on point indicates that litigants<br />

may potentially discover that information.<br />

28 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

Flagg v. <strong>The</strong> City of Detroit was a key case<br />

that addressed discovering instant messaging<br />

and other social online tools. No. 05-<br />

74253, 2008 WL 787039, at 3–7 (E.D. Mich.<br />

Mar. 20, 2008). In Flagg, the court stated<br />

that the plaintiff could pursue some but<br />

not all text messages exchanged between<br />

officials or employees during specific time<br />

frames. <strong>The</strong> court also stated that it would<br />

put into place a mechanism to review the<br />

text messages. <strong>The</strong> courts have made it clear<br />

that litigants can discover those things individuals<br />

or organizations post publicly.<br />

See Katiroll Co., Inc. v. Kati Roll & Platters,<br />

Inc., No. 10-3620 (GEB), 2011 WL 3583408<br />

(D.N.J. Aug. 3, 2011) (ordering the defendant<br />

to re-post a Facebook profile picture showing<br />

an allegedly infringing trade dress to<br />

allow the plaintiffs to copy it); Offenback v.<br />

L.M. Bowman, Inc., No. 1:10-CV-1789, 2011<br />

WL 2491371 (M.D. Pa. June 22, 2011) (acknowledging<br />

that the “scope of discovery<br />

into social media sites ‘requires the application<br />

of basic discovery principles in a novel<br />

context’” and that “the challenge is to ‘define<br />

appropriately broad limits… on the discovery<br />

ability of social communications’”);<br />

McMillen v. Hummingbird Speedway, Inc.,<br />

No. 113-2010 CD, 2010 Pa. Dist. & Cnty. Dec.<br />

LEXIS 270, at *4 (Pa. Ct. Common Pleas<br />

Sept. 9, 2010) (holding that it would be unrealistic<br />

for a Facebook user to expect that<br />

his disclosures would be confidential); see<br />

also Bennett, supra, at 450 (explaining that<br />

most sites, such as Twitter, have subpoena<br />

processes, which requires subpoena by e-<br />

mail, and Facebook, which requires issuing<br />

subpoenas through the California courts).<br />

Mitigating Risks<br />

Companies must carefully weigh the pros<br />

and cons when making decisions about<br />

using social media in the workplace.<br />

Whether to host an internal social network<br />

or allowing employee access to public<br />

social networking tools can significantly<br />

impact a business’ bottom line. Many companies<br />

have banned the use of Facebook<br />

and Twitter in the workplace while others<br />

have taken a more moderate stance on<br />

the posting of information. Choosing an<br />

approach requires examining the utility of<br />

the program at issue, and then balancing<br />

the risks and the benefits.<br />

Companies should be aware that simply<br />

“blocking access” may not remedy perceived<br />

problems. Although 30–40 percent<br />

of companies say that they ban sites such<br />

as LinkedIn, Twitter, and Facebook, in a<br />

survey last spring a company called Palo<br />

Alto Networks detected Facebook use on<br />

92 percent of the 347 enterprise networks<br />

that claimed to block it. Additionally, Twitter<br />

was detected on 87 percent of corporate<br />

nets, while LinkedIn and MySpace<br />

were detected at 83 percent and 82 percent<br />

respectively. Dan Tynan, How to Tame the<br />

Social Network at Work, InfoWorld Daily,<br />

Oct. 18, 2010. In short, “employees are<br />

very motivated when it comes to getting on<br />

Facebook.” Id.<br />

With mobile devices, businesses can<br />

lessen security risks and ease discoverability<br />

headaches by issuing company- owned<br />

devices rather than allowing employees<br />

to use their own for business purposes.<br />

A business should install remote<br />

wipe capability and password protection as<br />

standard protocols. Implementing restrictive<br />

policies, setting parameters for use,<br />

and monitoring usage are additional helpful<br />

measures that a company can take to<br />

ensure employee compliance and defensible<br />

business practices.<br />

Acceptable Use Policies<br />

Companies allowing access to outside networking<br />

tools or implementing internal<br />

systems should prioritize developing comprehensive<br />

acceptable use policies with<br />

input and compliance oversight by members<br />

of their legal, human resources, and<br />

IT departments. Because an acceptable<br />

use policy is only valuable if employees<br />

know about and adhere to its provisions, a<br />

robust and well- publicized internal rollout<br />

and ongoing employee education are critical<br />

for success.<br />

Incorporating a company’s acceptable<br />

use policy into a corporate audit program is<br />

something else to consider. Auditing social<br />

networking policy compliance can become<br />

a catalyst for improving effectiveness and<br />

efficiency by providing insight into business<br />

processes; however, audit reports can<br />

also become discovery targets in litigation.<br />

In implementing an acceptable use<br />

policy consider specificity, education,<br />

enforceability, separation, discoverability,<br />

visibility, formality, and accessibility<br />

limits. First, by “specificity,” we mean that<br />

an umbrella computer usage policy may


not be sufficient to encompass the specific<br />

concerns related to social networking, for<br />

example, especially if social networking is<br />

not mentioned. Second, in terms of “education,”<br />

employees must receive education<br />

about an acceptable use policy and understand<br />

the repercussions of violating the<br />

policy. Third, company must enforce an<br />

acceptable use policy. Fourth, an employer<br />

can require employees who use social networking<br />

for business purposes to create<br />

separate business accounts based on business<br />

e-mail addresses as a condition to<br />

using certain sites in the workplace and<br />

on the employer’s equipment, including<br />

mobile phones, desktops, and laptops,<br />

establishing “separation” between acceptable<br />

business use and personal use. Fifth,<br />

an employer should ensure “discoverability”<br />

by making employees aware that the<br />

information that they post on social networking<br />

sites, their e-mails, and conversations<br />

may be subject to legal holds and legal<br />

collection obligations. An employer should<br />

formulate a written agreement stating that<br />

in exchange for an employee’s access and<br />

use of social networking in the workplace,<br />

the employee will grant consent for the disclosure<br />

of the information from his or her<br />

business profile page, including e-mail,<br />

posts, notes, and all features of Facebook<br />

or Twitter used for communication purposes<br />

in the event that the employer needs<br />

the information for litigation or general<br />

auditing purposes. Sixth, by “visibility”<br />

we mean that an employee should have no<br />

expectation of privacy in communications<br />

on social networking sites made through<br />

the employee’s business account, on an<br />

employer’s computer network, or on the<br />

employer’s hardware, including desktop<br />

computers, laptop computers, and mobile<br />

phones. Seventh, “formality” means that<br />

an employer should remind employees<br />

that the rules that apply to their normal<br />

business conversations and communications<br />

also apply with respect to social<br />

networking in the workplace. Eighth and<br />

finally, an employer should define the privacy<br />

settings “accessibility limits” that an<br />

employee account should maintain in his<br />

or her business accounts. <strong>For</strong> example, an<br />

employee profile should be set so that an<br />

Internet search would not reveal information<br />

about the employer’s business contacts<br />

or clients.<br />

Records Retention, Preservation,<br />

and Collection<br />

As mentioned previously, employees’ use<br />

of social networking and mobile devices<br />

for business purposes increases the scope<br />

of discoverable information that a company<br />

has to manage, and so a company<br />

may need to modify data retention procedures<br />

to accommodate discovery- related<br />

legal duties. If a company anticipates litigation,<br />

after consulting with counsel a company<br />

should consider issuing a litigation<br />

hold that encompasses information posted<br />

on social networking sites.<br />

A company should also work with the<br />

company IT departments to explore the<br />

application of tools that automatically<br />

retain and preserve electronic records<br />

aligned with the company’s legal hold<br />

instructions. Given the rapid pace of technological<br />

innovation, however, it is likely<br />

that automatic preservation technologies<br />

will continue to trail the evolution of communication<br />

platforms, creating burdensome<br />

discovery efforts, which will include<br />

retaining and preserving certain electronic<br />

records manually. This can be especially<br />

complicated for data such as instant<br />

messages or information created in an<br />

Enterprise 2.0 environment because the<br />

technology available to export data may be<br />

less sophisticated. A company should first<br />

determine whether it needs to retain and<br />

preserve information under the Federal<br />

Rules of Civil Procedure. Courts appear<br />

to be moving toward requiring companies<br />

to retain more and more types of information,<br />

even transitory information such<br />

as instant messages. See Alexi Oreskovic,<br />

Instant Headache, Law.com (May 20, 2005),<br />

http://www.law.com/jsp/cc/ PubArticleFriendlyCC.<br />

jspid=900005429200 (last visited Jan. 3,<br />

2011).<br />

If subject to preservation, a company<br />

may need to take special steps to preserve<br />

continuously replicated or overwritten data<br />

appropriately.<br />

An organization should also consider<br />

instituting a plan guiding how it will collect<br />

data that it does not control, such as text<br />

messages stored on the servers of a wireless<br />

provider or data in hosted applications<br />

from a software- as- a- service vendor. Even<br />

controlled systems contain unmanageable<br />

information: a company should bring unified<br />

communications systems that combine<br />

messaging, voice, and video into the company<br />

record- keeping process.<br />

In considering cloud options, when a<br />

vendor or another third party will possess a<br />

company’s data, the company should make<br />

sure to incorporate provisions in the contract<br />

with the vendor requiring the vendor<br />

to cooperate with subpoenas for company<br />

information.<br />

Allowing employees<br />

to use public social<br />

networking tools, webbased<br />

technologies,<br />

and microblogging in<br />

the normal course of<br />

business offers tremendous<br />

marketing opportunities.<br />

Conclusion<br />

Despite the pervasiveness of Web 2.0 technologies<br />

and mobile devices in today’s<br />

workplace, a recent survey of management<br />

and human resource executives indicated<br />

that a majority of companies do not<br />

have written social media or acceptable<br />

use policies. Companies with employees<br />

and offices spread throughout the world<br />

especially rely on collaborative platforms<br />

and technologies such as internal social<br />

networks, instant messaging, and cloud<br />

computing—and it is nearly certain that<br />

employees in companies of all sizes and<br />

in every industry use applications outside<br />

of the companies’ internal networks. Failing<br />

to pay attention to or manage the exponentially<br />

burgeoning data resulting from<br />

today’s technologies can create serious<br />

legal risk and expense for all organizations.<br />

Those entities which attorneys counsel to<br />

manage their data strategically and proactively,<br />

however, will undoubtedly reap<br />

the rewards of increased efficiency, greater<br />

potential revenue, enhanced security, and<br />

legal defensibility.<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 29


Electronic Discovery<br />

Local Rules,<br />

Procedures, and<br />

Model Orders<br />

By G. Franklin McKnight<br />

and Kymberly Kochis<br />

<strong>The</strong> Progress<br />

of<br />

E-Discovery<br />

Courts have the authority<br />

to manage dockets<br />

and limit e-discovery<br />

in creative ways. Local<br />

rules provide a means to<br />

exercise this authority.<br />

Considering the vast information generated and stored by<br />

business entities today and the broad rules governing the<br />

preservation and production of electronic records, contending<br />

with electronic discovery in class action and com-<br />

plex litigation has become a burdensome<br />

and nebulous endeavor. When coupled<br />

with the threat of serious adverse consequences<br />

for failing to comply with discovery<br />

requests, aspects of e- discovery<br />

have driven potential litigants to implement<br />

“scorched earth” preservation tactics,<br />

engage in imprecise and extensive collection<br />

efforts, expansively review saved material,<br />

and produce voluminous electronic<br />

records to avoid arguments that the litigants’<br />

preservation and production efforts<br />

were anything less than satisfactory.<br />

Recognizing that litigants need guidance<br />

in this area of the law, state and federal<br />

courts have implemented rules and issued<br />

opinions to assist litigants to measure their<br />

conduct against the preservation and the<br />

discovery standards. This guidance, however,<br />

has rarely drawn reasonable outer limits<br />

on e- discovery in class action and other<br />

complex litigation. <strong>The</strong> amount and diversity<br />

of potentially discoverable information<br />

in those cases is often substantial and<br />

the overall discovery standard—potentially<br />

relevant evidence—is exceedingly broad.<br />

Aware of the problems e- discovery presents<br />

and often having addressed e- discovery<br />

disputes firsthand, some jurisdictions and<br />

judges take additional measures to attempt<br />

to control discovery.<br />

This article looks at the requirements,<br />

restrictions, pronouncements, and penalties<br />

that courts and judges have imposed<br />

or recommended regarding e- discovery<br />

practice at the local level through local<br />

rules, recommended or required procedures,<br />

and model orders. It explores the<br />

different approaches that courts have taken<br />

to guiding e- discovery such as mandating<br />

early discussion and negotiation, restricting<br />

the scope of e- discovery, and enunciating<br />

cost- shifting principles.<br />

State and Federal Rules<br />

State and federal rules of civil procedure<br />

and developing case law provide general<br />

guidance on the discovery of electronically<br />

30 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

■ G. Franklin McKnight IV, an associate at Nelson Levine de Luca & Horst in Blue Bell, Pennsylvania, represents<br />

insurance company clients in institutional matters and applies his understanding of technology and<br />

knowledge management to develop strategic solutions to legal concerns. He is a member of <strong>DRI</strong> and its Electronic<br />

Discovery Committee. Kymberly Kochis is a partner at Nelson Levine de Luca & Horst where she represents<br />

clients in insurance and reinsurance litigation and regulatory matters as well as corporate governance.


stored information (ESI). <strong>The</strong>se rules provide<br />

a framework to litigants and judges<br />

regarding the more or less reasonable<br />

e- discovery strategies litigants have sought<br />

to employ. However, the failure of these<br />

rules and opinions to establish meaningful<br />

upper limits on the amount of ESI that<br />

parties may potentially discover represents<br />

a major shortcoming for corporate defendants<br />

in complex litigation and class actions<br />

because broad discovery impacts numerous<br />

business units, departments, records<br />

storage locations, and personnel.<br />

While state and federal rules and case<br />

law provide guidance on how to evaluate<br />

e- discovery disputes, the standard governing<br />

discovery—potentially relevant evidence—remains<br />

broad and subject only to<br />

an individual court’s decision to restrict it<br />

in a particular case. Courts often hesitate<br />

to limit discovery without definitive guidelines<br />

on when they should curtail it. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

hesitate to limit e- discovery unless one of<br />

the parties shows that the burden of compliance<br />

will have an immediate, concrete,<br />

and disabling impact. However, the impact<br />

of voluminous e- discovery presents greater<br />

challenges over time given the exponential<br />

growth of available information and the<br />

need to preserve, collect, review, produce,<br />

and store it. When courts do not closely<br />

scrutinize discovery requests, costs perpetually<br />

mount, which unfairly impacts companies<br />

in the long run.<br />

Local Rules, Guidelines,<br />

and Model Orders<br />

Bearing witness to the plight of litigants<br />

appearing before courts with some trepidation<br />

whether the courts will deem the<br />

litigants’ extensive preservation efforts<br />

adequate to address the nature and volume<br />

of discovery sought, courts and judges have<br />

proposed and adopted rules, model orders,<br />

and procedures to help define discovery<br />

obligations. As a first step, a number of<br />

courts have imposed local rules or adopted<br />

practices reinforcing requirements that the<br />

parties exchange information about electronic<br />

evidence and meet to confer early<br />

to hash out the parameters of e- discovery.<br />

<strong>For</strong> example, local rules may mandate that<br />

litigating parties affirmatively request and<br />

provide categories of the e- discovery that<br />

they will seek before having their initial<br />

conference with a court. In some forums,<br />

parties that do not reach an agreement<br />

on e- discovery may find themselves subject<br />

to a default order instead. <strong>The</strong>se steps<br />

force parties to confront their e- discovery<br />

responsibilities as early as possible and,<br />

under the best circumstances, result in<br />

acceptable e- discovery agreements that<br />

survive as long as a dispute endures. However,<br />

under less desirable circumstances,<br />

parties will not come to an agreement, perhaps<br />

because one side feels that a discovery<br />

request is too broad and another side feels<br />

that the stakes could become too high to<br />

nail down e- discovery limitations.<br />

To handle these circumstances, courts<br />

and judges have acted under their local<br />

authorities modeled on Federal Rules of<br />

Civil Procedure 26(b)(2) and 83 to place<br />

meaningful requirements and restrictions<br />

on e- discovery practice and clarify<br />

e- discovery rules. <strong>The</strong>se requirements<br />

and restrictions tackle e- discovery in different<br />

ways, ranging from adopting general<br />

guidelines often used by others or<br />

grounded in common sense practices to<br />

employing less objective standards. <strong>The</strong><br />

default e- discovery standard prepared by<br />

the Ad Hoc Committee for Electronic Discovery<br />

of the U.S. District Court for the<br />

District of Delaware and similar rules used<br />

by Judge Savage of the U.S. District Court<br />

for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania,<br />

Judge McMahon of the U.S. District Court<br />

for the Southern District of New York, as<br />

well as the U.S. District Courts for the Middle<br />

District of Tennessee and the Northern<br />

District of Ohio instructively address<br />

a variety of topics including agreements<br />

between parties, discovery limits, inadvertent<br />

production, and cost shifting. <strong>For</strong><br />

example, some orders based on this District<br />

of Delaware- originating standard have<br />

included the following:<br />

• Discovery into inaccessible systems is<br />

prohibited until discovery of accessible<br />

systems has been completed.<br />

• If sought, requests for records from<br />

inaccessible systems must be narrowly<br />

focused and include a factual basis supporting<br />

the request.<br />

• On-site inspections of electronic media<br />

are not permitted, absent exceptional<br />

circumstances.<br />

• <strong>For</strong> productions, image format is the<br />

default unless the parties agree on<br />

another.<br />

• A party must demonstrate particularized<br />

need for production of electronic<br />

documents in native format.<br />

• Electronic documents that contain privileged<br />

information must be immediately<br />

returned if the documents appear<br />

on their face to have been inadvertently<br />

produced or if there is notice of the inadvertent<br />

production.<br />

State and federal courts<br />

have implemented rules<br />

and issued opinions to<br />

assist litigants to measure<br />

their conduct against<br />

the preservation and the<br />

discovery standards.<br />

• While the costs of discovery shall ordinarily<br />

be borne by each party, costs may<br />

be apportioned upon a showing of good<br />

cause.<br />

<strong>The</strong> standard contains other provisions<br />

as well, governing the use of e- discovery<br />

liaisons and the activities of retention coordinators.<br />

<strong>The</strong> standard does not put specific<br />

limits on the volume of discovery that<br />

a party can seek, leaving this open. See D.<br />

Del., Default Standard for Discovery of Electronic<br />

Documents, http://www.ded.uscourts.<br />

gov/Announce/Policies/Policy01.htm (last visited<br />

Dec. 21, 2011).<br />

Other courts have adopted a wide variety<br />

of procedures governing e- discovery. <strong>For</strong><br />

instance, the U.S. District Court for the Middle<br />

District of Florida has well- established<br />

standards addressing e- discovery that took<br />

effect in 2001. <strong>The</strong> standards offer parties<br />

broad discretion on what they can request<br />

on both material type and scope. Parties<br />

may request that electronic information<br />

be produced in hard copy, electronic form,<br />

or both forms. And “[a] party may also<br />

ask for the production of ancillary electronic<br />

information that relates to relevant<br />

electronic documents, such as information<br />

that would indicate (i) whether and<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 31


Electronic Discovery<br />

when electronic mail was sent or opened<br />

by its recipient(s) or (ii) whether and when<br />

information was created or edited,” and<br />

“may request the software necessary to<br />

retrieve, read, or interpret electronic information.”<br />

M.D. Fla., Middle District Discovery<br />

at 21 (2001). http://www.flmd.uscourts.<br />

gov/<strong>For</strong>ms/Civil/Discovery_Practice_Manual.pdf.<br />

Helpfully, the rules also address the need<br />

<strong>The</strong> standard governing<br />

discovery… remains<br />

broad and subject only<br />

to an individual court’s<br />

decision to restrict it<br />

in a particular case.<br />

for cost shifting based on a proportionality<br />

test, as well as specifically stating that<br />

“[t]he discovering party generally should<br />

bear any special expenses incurred by the<br />

responding party in producing requested<br />

electronic information” and “the responding<br />

party generally need not incur undue<br />

burden or expense in producing electronic<br />

information, including the cost of acquiring<br />

or creating software needed to retrieve<br />

responsive electronic information for production<br />

to the other side.” Id. at 21–22.<br />

To efficiently address e- discovery disputes,<br />

Judge Virginia Kendell of the U.S.<br />

District Court for the Northern District<br />

of Illinois has implemented a case management<br />

procedure for addressing disputes<br />

involving voluminous records. Under<br />

the rule, before filing a motion to compel,<br />

the parties must meet and confer<br />

with an IT representative of the electronic<br />

storage facility to be searched to determine<br />

the most effective way to retrieve<br />

the requested material. See N.D. Ill., Case<br />

Management Practices and Procedures,<br />

http://www.ilnd.uscourts.gov/home/Judges.aspx<br />

(follow “Judge Virginia M. Kendall” link;<br />

then follow “Discovery” link) (last visited<br />

Dec.22, 2011).<strong>The</strong> party seeking the discovery<br />

must also bring its IT specialist to this<br />

meeting to discuss the proper format for<br />

32 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

the retrieved records. Id. <strong>The</strong> meeting must<br />

take place in person, with both sides prepared<br />

to discuss specifically the parameters<br />

of both the search and the electronic storage<br />

facility. Id. In complex and class action<br />

litigation, although preparing for such a<br />

meeting does have costs given the myriad<br />

of storage locations, formats, the substance<br />

of the information stored, and the different<br />

means by which the information might be<br />

reasonably extracted, the preparation can<br />

benefit a company taking a position on limits<br />

to e- discovery by creating an intelligent<br />

platform for conferring on positions.<br />

Addressing the scope and accessibility<br />

of e- discovery, Magistrate Judge Michael<br />

Mahoney of the U.S. District Court for the<br />

Northern District of Illinois in a standard<br />

order of his creation, “Parties Proposed<br />

Case Management Order,” declares that the<br />

discovery of inaccessible information is per<br />

se burdensome:<br />

All formats primarily used for backup or<br />

disaster recovery purposes and any computer<br />

servers, external hard drives, notebooks,<br />

or personal computer hard drives<br />

created for disaster recovery purposes<br />

and not used in the ordinary course of<br />

business operations are presumed to<br />

present a burden which outweighs the<br />

relevancy of data preserved in such formats<br />

and need not be searched absent<br />

relevance and special need.<br />

P. Michael Mahoney, Parties Proposed Case<br />

Management Order at 3 (N.D. Ill. July 2008)<br />

(standard order), http://www.ilnd.uscourts.gov/<br />

LEGAL/WDADR/pdf/newcmo.pdf.<br />

Similarly, without demonstrating “relevance<br />

and special need, a responding party<br />

will not be required to preserve, review or<br />

produce deleted, shadowed, fragmented or<br />

residual electronically stored information.”<br />

Id. This order places specific limitations on<br />

the discovery of backup systems and residual<br />

information using common sense while<br />

upholding the principles governing the<br />

purpose behind discovery.<br />

In discussing inaccessible electronically<br />

stored information, ESI discoverability,<br />

and which party should bear the costs of<br />

ESI discovery, the Local Uniform Civil<br />

Rules of the U.S. District Courts for the<br />

Northern and Southern District of Mississippi<br />

and the Local Rules of Court for<br />

the U.S. District Court for the Middle District<br />

of Pennsylvania position cost shifting<br />

directly at the forefront of these discussions<br />

rather than as a secondary matter<br />

that a court would consider if data accessibility<br />

is limited or if other factors, such<br />

as proportionality, favor cost shifting. See<br />

N.D. Miss. & S.D. Miss. L. Unif. Civ. R. 26(e)<br />

(Dec. 1, 2011), available at http://www.msnd.<br />

uscourts.gov/2010%20MASTER%20LOCAL%20<br />

UNIFORM%20CIVIL%20RULES.pdf; M.D. Pa.<br />

Rules of Court R. 26.1 (Dec. 2010), available<br />

at http://www.pamd.uscourts.gov/docs/LR120110.<br />

pdf. <strong>The</strong> Mississippi federal court rules also<br />

require litigating parties seeking ESI from<br />

nonparties to “attempt to meet and confer”<br />

with those nonparties from which the litigants<br />

seek ESI. See N.D. Miss. & S.D. Miss.<br />

L. Unif. Civ. R. 45(d).<br />

Magistrate Judge Andrew J. Peck takes<br />

another approach specifically endorsing the<br />

Sedona Conference Cooperation Proclamation<br />

and requesting that counsel be familiar<br />

with the decisions in William A. Gross Constr.<br />

Assocs., Inc. v. Am. Mfrs. Mutual Ins. Co.,<br />

256 F.R.D. 134 (S.D.N.Y. 2009), and Mancia<br />

v. Mayflower Textiles Servs. Co., 253 F.R.D.<br />

354 (D. Md. 2008). See also Sedona Conference<br />

Cooperation Proclamation (2008),<br />

available at http://www.thesedonaconference.<br />

org/.Those two decisions addressed various<br />

aspects of e- discovery. <strong>The</strong> first decision<br />

addressed cooperation among counsel, designing<br />

appropriate key word searches with<br />

the assistance of the appropriate personnel,<br />

and testing a search methodology before executing<br />

it. <strong>The</strong> second decision addressed<br />

various discovery violations including the<br />

failure to object to a discovery request with<br />

specificity and seeking overbroad discovery.<br />

In Mancia, the court issued an order<br />

requiring that the parties cooperate to determine<br />

the damages at issue in the case so<br />

that the court would have sufficient information<br />

to perform a proportionality analysis<br />

to quantify a workable discovery budget,<br />

a helpful concept.<br />

Similarly, the proposed Standing Order<br />

Relating to the Discovery of Electronically<br />

Stored Information developed by the Seventh<br />

Circuit Electronic Discovery Committee<br />

strongly emphasizes cooperation<br />

among parties and remaining knowledgeable<br />

about e- discovery obligations and client<br />

data. See [Proposed] Model Standing<br />

Order Relating to the Discovery of Electronically<br />

Stored Information, Seventh<br />

Circuit Electronic Discovery Pilot Pro-


gram (2011), http://www.discoverypilot.com/.<br />

<strong>The</strong> order, through defined principles, lists<br />

the e- discovery topics that parties should<br />

discuss, including the scope of preservation,<br />

how parties should identify ESI, and<br />

production format. <strong>The</strong> order also provides<br />

proportionality guidance, stating that proportionality<br />

“should be applied in each case<br />

when formulating a discovery plan” and<br />

“[t]o further the application of the proportionality<br />

standard in discovery, requests<br />

for production of ESI and related responses<br />

should be reasonably targeted, clear, and<br />

as specific as practicable.” Id. at 2. Additionally<br />

the order describes how parties<br />

should use knowledgeable e- discovery liaisons<br />

to resolve e- discovery disputes and<br />

provides a list of examples of ESI that parties<br />

cannot discover in most cases, such as<br />

deleted, ephemeral, and temporary data,<br />

and it strongly suggests that litigating parties<br />

should tailor e- discovery to the issues<br />

at stake pinning down the parameters during<br />

discussions among knowledgeable persons,<br />

crafting well- defined preservation<br />

and production requests, and using technology<br />

intelligently to identify potentially<br />

relevant information.<br />

Approaching the issue from a disclosure<br />

angle, the U.S. District Court for the<br />

Southern District of Florida has adopted<br />

procedures mandating the disclosure of<br />

record- keeping information relevant to<br />

e- discovery. A Discovery Practices Handbook<br />

developed by that court appended<br />

to the local rules states that a “producing<br />

party has an obligation to explain the<br />

general scheme of record- keeping to the<br />

inspecting party” to acquaint the inspecting<br />

party with how and where documents<br />

and electronically stored information is<br />

maintained. S.D. Fla. L. Rules, Appx. A,<br />

Discovery Practice Handbook at 103. Under<br />

this court’s procedures litigating parties<br />

identify these items in specific paragraphs<br />

of production requests when practicable,<br />

unless a producing party “exercises its<br />

option under Federal Rule of Civil Procedure<br />

34(b) to produce documents as they<br />

are kept in the usual course of business.”<br />

Id. When a party produces documents in<br />

bulk, the party should identify categories,<br />

although the producing party does not<br />

have an obligation to reorganize the materials.<br />

See S.D. Fla. L. Rules, Appx. A at 104<br />

(Dec. 1, 2011).<br />

<strong>The</strong> U.S. District Court for the District of<br />

Maryland has detailed guidelines on managing<br />

e- discovery titled Protocol for Discovery<br />

of Electronically Stored Information. At<br />

29 pages long, the protocol describes in<br />

detail actions that parties should take to<br />

comply with their e- discovery obligations.<br />

See D. Md., Suggested Protocol for Discovery<br />

of Electronically Stored Information,<br />

available at http://www.mdd.uscourts.gov/<br />

news/news/ESIProtocol.pdf (last visited Dec.<br />

22, 2011). However, while the protocol provides<br />

a comprehensive overview of the<br />

complexities of e- discovery and alerts the<br />

e- discovery practitioner of the high costs<br />

of such discovery when litigation might<br />

involve extraordinary information collections,<br />

it does not suggest reasonable<br />

e- discovery restrictions and instead only<br />

suggests shifting costs.<br />

Due to the range among court<br />

e- discovery procedures, litigating parties<br />

need familiarity with more than state rules,<br />

federal rules, and case law on e- discovery:<br />

they need to know local rules, procedures,<br />

and orders as well. Local practice requirements<br />

can be relatively straightforward.<br />

<strong>For</strong> instance, a court may require early<br />

e- discovery conferring. But local requirements<br />

can also be quite complex, more akin<br />

to the U.S. District Court for the District of<br />

Maryland protocol discussed above. Practitioners<br />

should also understand that courts<br />

will move to enforce local practice when<br />

parties do not follow local practice rules.<br />

See DCG Sys., Inc. v. Checkpoint Tech., LLC,<br />

No. C-11-03792 PSG, 2011 WL 5244356<br />

(N.D. Cal. Nov. 2, 2011) ([Model] Order<br />

Regarding E- Discovery in Patent Cases<br />

implemented, subject to further requests<br />

to modify it); Osborne v. C.H. Robinson<br />

Co., No. 08-C-50165, 2011 WL 5076267, at<br />

*8 (N.D. Ill. Oct. 25, 2011) (discovery violations<br />

found where the defendant’s “actions<br />

were not in line with the letter or spirit of<br />

the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, the<br />

Proposed Standing Order from the Seventh<br />

Circuit, or the Sedona Principles describing<br />

best practices for electronic discovery”);<br />

Anderson v. Reliance Standard Life Ins.<br />

Co., No. WDQ-11-1188, 2011 WL 4828891,<br />

at *3 (D. Md. Oct. 11, 2011) (“Counsel are<br />

required to have read the Federal Rules of<br />

Civil Procedure, Local Rules of this Court,<br />

Discovery Guidelines of this Court (Appendix<br />

A to the Local Rules), and, with respect<br />

to discovery of Electronically Stored Information<br />

(ESI), the Suggested Protocol for<br />

Discovery of ESI”); AF Tech, Inc. v. Trumpf,<br />

Inc., No. 11-C-367, 2011 WL 4824449 (E.D.<br />

Wis. Oct. 6, 2011) (requiring the parties to<br />

comply with the Principles Relating to the<br />

Discovery of Electronically Stored Information.);<br />

Seven Seas Cruises S. De R.L. v. V.<br />

Ships Leisure SAM, No. 09-23411-CIV, 2011<br />

WL 772855 (S.D. Fla. Feb. 19, 2011) (granting<br />

a motion to compel ESI and admonishing<br />

that the parties should have consulted<br />

section III of the Discovery Practice Handbook<br />

attached to the S.D. Fla. L. Rules).<br />

Meaningful Limitations<br />

on E-Discovery<br />

While many courts require litigating parties<br />

to address e- discovery as early as practicable<br />

in a case and to compile a laundry<br />

list of things that they will discuss, other<br />

courts have gone further. <strong>For</strong> instance,<br />

Judge Nancy F. Atlas of the U.S. District<br />

Court for the Northern District of Texas<br />

requires that the parties have a person with<br />

detailed knowledge of the particular computers<br />

and electronic databases available at<br />

all conferences addressing e- discovery disputes.<br />

As discussed above, Judge Virginia<br />

Kendell of the U.S. District Court for the<br />

Northern District of Illinois has a similar<br />

procedure. Likewise, as mentioned above,<br />

Magistrate Judge Michael Mahoney of the<br />

U.S. District Court for the Northern District<br />

of Illinois has pronounced firmly that<br />

certain inaccessible information is per se<br />

burdensome. Mahoney, Parties Proposed<br />

Case Management Order, supra. And many<br />

of the practices discussed above at least<br />

attempt to lend credence to the notion of<br />

cost shifting or dispel the taboo that using<br />

proportionality to limit discovery is unfair.<br />

A singular and extensive model order<br />

governing e- discovery in patent cases was<br />

recently proposed by Chief Judge Randall<br />

Rader of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the<br />

Federal Circuit. Drafted by a subcommittee<br />

of the Advisory Counsel for that circuit<br />

court and designed specifically to curb<br />

the high costs associated with e- discovery<br />

in patent litigation, the model order provides<br />

concrete and objective guidance on<br />

numerous aspects of e- discovery. See Fed.<br />

Cir., An E- Discovery Model Order, available<br />

at http://www.cafc.uscourts.gov/images/<br />

stories/announcements/Ediscovery_Model_Order.<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 33


Electronic Discovery<br />

pdf (last visited Dec. 28, 2011).<strong>For</strong> instance,<br />

the model order is strict on e-mail: general<br />

ESI production requests do not include<br />

e-mail. Id. at 2.To obtain e-mail, the party<br />

that wants it must make specific e-mail<br />

production requests on specific issues. Id.<br />

Requesting parties must provide custodian<br />

names, search terms, and time frames<br />

in these requests. Id. at 3. A requesting<br />

Litigating parties<br />

need familiarity with<br />

more than state rules,<br />

federal rules, and case<br />

law on e- discovery:<br />

they need to know<br />

local rules, procedures,<br />

and orders as well.<br />

34 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

party has to wait until after litigating parties<br />

exchange initial disclosures and basic<br />

documentation before making e-mail discovery<br />

requests. Id. at 2–3. Also, beyond<br />

identifying sent and receive dates and<br />

times and distribution information, general<br />

production requests would not include<br />

metadata unless the party that wants it<br />

demonstrates good cause. Id. at 2.<br />

<strong>The</strong> model order specifically limits the<br />

number of custodians or search terms<br />

that a party can seek, an approach that<br />

commentators frequently characterize as<br />

inappropriate because it reflects a one-sizefits-all<br />

approach to cases. This model order<br />

restricts the number of custodians to five<br />

per producing party and the search terms<br />

to five per custodian. Id. at 3.Under this<br />

order a court will consider requests for discovery<br />

of more custodians or search terms,<br />

but failing to seek the court’s blessing will<br />

result in the requesting party bearing all<br />

reasonable costs caused by the additional<br />

discovery. Id. at 3–4. This last provision is<br />

worth noting because it does not prohibit<br />

requests for information outside of the confines<br />

of the order outright, but it does specifically<br />

require that the requesting party<br />

pay for the information.<br />

In addition to limiting the number of<br />

search terms, the model order specifies<br />

that parties must use search terms narrowly<br />

to specific issues. Id. Parties must<br />

combine terms that could produce overly<br />

broad search results with narrowing search<br />

criteria. Id.<br />

<strong>The</strong> model order goes even further: the<br />

mass production of ESI will not constitute<br />

a waiver for any purpose. <strong>The</strong> order reiterates<br />

Federal Rule of Evidence 502(d) that<br />

inadvertent production of privileged ESI<br />

is not a waiver in any other federal or state<br />

proceeding, and a party receiving inadvertently<br />

produced and privileged ESI may not<br />

use it to challenge the privilege or protection.<br />

Id. at 4. And this model rule boldly<br />

states that costs will be shifted for disproportionate<br />

ESI production requests, and<br />

the court will take nonresponsive or dilatory<br />

discovery tactics into consideration<br />

when evaluating cost shifting. Id. at 2.<br />

Clearly, in patent lawsuits, the U.S.<br />

Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit<br />

recognizes that “disproportionate expense<br />

should not be permitted to force those<br />

accused of infringement to acquiesce to<br />

nonmeritorious claims” and has taken considerable<br />

steps to protect parties against<br />

such claims. Id. at 2.<strong>The</strong> same circumstances<br />

arise in other litigation arenas,<br />

particularly in complex and class action litigation.<br />

Although the model order speaks<br />

in terms of patent litigation, it does transfer<br />

well to other litigation where “routine<br />

requests seeking all categories of ESI often<br />

result in mass productions of marginally<br />

relevant and cumulative documents” and<br />

“the production burden of these expansive<br />

requests outweighs the minimal benefits of<br />

such broad disclosure.” Id.<br />

<strong>The</strong> introduction to the model order<br />

notes that “district courts have inherent<br />

power to control their dockets to further<br />

‘economy of time and effort for itself, for<br />

counsel and for litigants.’” Id. (citing Landis<br />

v. North Am. Co., 299 U.S. 248, 254<br />

(1936)).By demonstrating and applying this<br />

inherent power to manage the inequities of<br />

e- discovery at the outset of a matter and in<br />

an objective manner, the model order provides<br />

a clear roadmap to litigants in terms<br />

of what they can and needs to accomplish<br />

in an action involving significant<br />

e- discovery. <strong>The</strong> order addresses the laudable<br />

goal of “requiring litigants to focus on<br />

the proper purpose of discovery—the gathering<br />

of material information—rather than<br />

permitting unlimited fishing expeditions.”<br />

Id. As others have stated, the federal rules<br />

have limited the number of and time permitted<br />

for depositions, and few challenge<br />

the wisdom of those decisions. Perhaps it is<br />

now worthwhile to discuss adopting similar<br />

limitations for ESI discovery because<br />

the volume of material subject to preservation<br />

and disclosure will continue to grow at<br />

a significant rate.<br />

Prelitigation Preservation Guidance<br />

Unfortunately, because local e- discovery<br />

rules and orders vary among jurisdictions,<br />

these rules do not offer meaningful boundaries<br />

to parties on their prelitigation preservation<br />

obligations. Parties will benefit from<br />

these rules only after they appear before a<br />

particular judge or court that will apply<br />

them. Because we cannot generally predict<br />

where a litigant will file a lawsuit, clients<br />

must align their preservation responsibilities<br />

with those applicable jurisdictions permitting<br />

broad e- discovery. Rules enacted<br />

at the state and federal level reasonably<br />

quantifying the scope of e- discovery could<br />

provide significant assistance in fulfilling<br />

preservation obligations in a cost- effective<br />

manner.<br />

Conclusion<br />

Parties involved in complex and class<br />

action litigation need greater transparency<br />

on their e- discovery obligations<br />

beyond the guidance that state and federal<br />

rules currently provide. Courts have<br />

the authority, through federal and state<br />

rules and their inherent power, to manage<br />

their dockets and limit e- discovery in<br />

creative ways. Local rules provide a means<br />

to exercise this authority to clarify the<br />

scope of e- discovery so that litigating parties<br />

have a good foundation for cooperating.<br />

Courts adopting local rules clarifying<br />

e- discovery obligations are pioneers in an<br />

arena where litigation costs in complex<br />

and class action litigation can end up out<br />

of control and out of line with the issues at<br />

stake. Widely accepted testing of local rules<br />

set the groundwork for considering similar<br />

amendments to state and federal rules of<br />

civil procedure.


skype ®<br />

iChat ®<br />

video teleconference<br />

instant message<br />

text<br />

email<br />

webinar<br />

fax<br />

phone and<br />

smoke signals!<br />

Case management support<br />

Talk about service,<br />

we’ve got you covered!<br />

Anywhere you go, TrialWorks superior customer service is<br />

there. Whether you are in the office, in court, on a tropical<br />

island or climbing Kilimanjaro, TrialWorks has the latest<br />

connectivity methods to assist you whenever and wherever.<br />

See why some of the largest firms around the globe use<br />

TrialWorks Case Management Software.<br />

Connect with us today for a free online demo and bring<br />

organization to your organization.<br />

Canada<br />

U.S.A.<br />

Caribbean<br />

Service is our calling.<br />

800.377.5844 www.trialworks.com sales@trialworks.com


Retail and Hospitality<br />

From the Chair<br />

By Paul Caleo<br />

Creating a<br />

Preeminent<br />

<strong>For</strong>um<br />

Enhance your<br />

skills, network with<br />

colleagues and industry<br />

peers and grow your<br />

practice with us!<br />

We welcome in the second year of our committee happy<br />

to report that our membership has increased, but more<br />

importantly, that more people are participating in our<br />

committee’s activities. More than ever, the Retail and<br />

Hospitality Committee provides the place<br />

and opportunity to collaborate with your<br />

colleagues, clients and industry peers to<br />

broaden your education and understanding<br />

of representing clients in the retail and<br />

hospitality industries. <strong>DRI</strong>’s leadership has<br />

■ Paul Caleo, a Burnham Brown PLC shareholder in Oakland, California, is one of the firm’s premier trial lawyers. He has extensive<br />

experience in complex tort, personal injury and large loss cases involving claims of product liability, premises liability, construction<br />

site accidents and trucking/motor carrier accidents. Mr. Caleo is the chair of <strong>DRI</strong>’s Retail and Hospitality Committee.<br />

36 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong>


implemented specific policies to increase<br />

the participation of in-house counsel and<br />

industry representatives at our seminars,<br />

so there has never been a better opportunity<br />

to network and develop your practice<br />

while enhancing your skills as a defense<br />

lawyer. We welcome new <strong>DRI</strong> members<br />

to our committee with open arms and<br />

look forward to you getting involved in<br />

our work. We look forward to helping you<br />

develop your practice and deepen your<br />

relationships with your clients, and make<br />

additional contacts within the retail and<br />

hospitality industries. <strong>For</strong> anyone unfamiliar<br />

with the work of our committee, both I<br />

and our committee vice chair, Jacey Kaps,<br />

urge you to attend <strong>DRI</strong>’s Retail and Hospitality<br />

Seminar this May in Chicago.<br />

This year we will be combining our retail<br />

and hospitality programs into a single seminar<br />

scheduled for May 10–11, <strong>2012</strong>, at the<br />

Swissôtel in Chicago. <strong>The</strong> steering committee<br />

has put together an absolutely outstanding<br />

program and the brochures should be<br />

landing on your desks soon. Don’t wait to<br />

sign up and attend the seminar. But more<br />

importantly, reach out to your colleagues<br />

and your industry contacts and urge them<br />

to meet you in Chicago. <strong>The</strong> presentations<br />

at the seminar will focus on the cutting<br />

edge concerns in claims and litigation for<br />

the retail and hospitality industries. We are<br />

extremely fortunate that our outstanding<br />

faculty includes representatives from the<br />

following industry leaders: Sedgwick CMS,<br />

Inc.; Accor North America; Home Depot<br />

U.S.A., Inc.; Office Depot, Inc.; Supervalu,<br />

Inc.; Texas Roadhouse; Wild Wings, Inc.;<br />

Developers Diversified Realty Corporation;<br />

Walgreens; Sears; and <strong>The</strong> Pantry, Inc.<br />

We have not only ensured that the topics<br />

of discussion include issues and concerns<br />

for both industries, but also have planned<br />

breakout presentations that will focus on<br />

issues specific to the retail and hospitality<br />

industries.<br />

We are indebted to the steering committee<br />

for their hard work in putting together<br />

and finalizing the outstanding program<br />

for the seminar in May. In particular, we<br />

would like to commend the extraordinary<br />

work and efforts of Program Chair Tom<br />

Thornton of Carr Allison and Program Vice<br />

Chair Jennifer Hoffman of Marlowe Connell<br />

Abrams. In addition, we would like to<br />

thank the continuing efforts of Mark Parsky<br />

of McVey & Parsky, as well as Richard<br />

Keeting of Swanson Martin & Bell and<br />

Renee Mortimer of Hinshaw & Culbertson.<br />

A continuing goal of the Retail and Hospitality<br />

Committee is to ensure that the<br />

content we provide in the seminars, as well<br />

as other formats, is accessible and usable by<br />

all our members and will help them in solving<br />

the problems they have on their desks<br />

on a day-to-day basis. We continue to look<br />

for contributions in the many and different<br />

formats <strong>DRI</strong> makes available to us, such as<br />

webcasts, articles on the committee’s webpage,<br />

and timely blog postings on industry<br />

issues and court decisions, as well as<br />

creating a committee newsletter and high<br />

quality articles to be published in <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong><br />

<strong>Defense</strong> and other <strong>DRI</strong> publications.<br />

Opportunities abound for anyone who<br />

wants to get involved, and we will help<br />

you in any way we can to make a valuable<br />

contribution. <strong>The</strong> scope of our committee<br />

ensures that you can contribute in a meaningful<br />

way, whether you are an experienced<br />

lawyer or someone new to the practice. We<br />

welcome you with open arms and look forward<br />

to you joining our committee and<br />

participating in creating the preeminent<br />

forum for retail and hospitality law issues<br />

for defense lawyers.<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 37


Retail and Hospitality<br />

In the Real World<br />

By Stephen K. Talpins<br />

and H. Jacey Kaps<br />

Reducing Liability<br />

from Dram<br />

Shop Laws<br />

Familiarizing yourself<br />

with applicable laws<br />

will help you serve<br />

your clients best.<br />

Under common law, commercial establishments historically<br />

were not liable for selling or providing alcoholic beverages<br />

to individuals who became intoxicated and injured<br />

themselves or others. In the mid-1800s legislatures and<br />

courts began imposing liability in limited<br />

situations. <strong>Today</strong>, the legislatures and<br />

courts in the majority of states have abrogated<br />

the common law in an effort to “balance”<br />

the need to hold tortfeasors, including<br />

drunkards, accountable for the repercussions<br />

of their own voluntary intoxication<br />

with the desire to provide compensation to<br />

those they injure. This article provides an<br />

overview of dram shop laws and offers strategies<br />

for reducing the risk of civil liability<br />

to establishments imposed by the laws as<br />

well as strategies for defending these cases.<br />

Dram Shop and Related Liability<br />

Dram shop laws impose liability on commercial<br />

establishments that provide<br />

alcoholic beverages to certain adults or<br />

underage customers. Most dram shop<br />

defendants are bars, restaurants, or taverns<br />

that serve alcoholic beverages for onpremises<br />

consumption. However, at least<br />

some states impose liability on other proprietors,<br />

including convenience store owners,<br />

for serving minors or visibly impaired<br />

people under certain circumstances. See,<br />

e.g., Flores v. Exprezit! Stores 98-Georgia,<br />

LLC (Ga. July 5, 2011) (slip opinion).<br />

Service to Adults<br />

Thirty-five states and the District of Columbia<br />

impose liability on alcohol beverage<br />

licensees that improperly serve adults; 32<br />

states by statute, three states and the District<br />

of Columbia through judicial fiat.<br />

In an era of increasing judicial activism,<br />

we expect other states to join the chorus,<br />

whether appropriate or not. In Maryland,<br />

for example, the legislature recently considered<br />

dram shop legislation for the first<br />

time in 20 years. <strong>The</strong> bill died in committee.<br />

Neither this nor case precedent stopped<br />

a circuit court judge from trying to change<br />

the law on his own. In refusing to dismiss<br />

a case involving a 10-year-old girl killed by<br />

a drunk driver, the judge argued,<br />

[t]he facts of this case undoubtedly<br />

should serve as the impetus to adjust-<br />

38 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

■ Stephen K. Talpins is of counsel and Jacey Kaps is a partner with Rumberger, Kirk & Caldwell in the firm’s<br />

Miami, Florida, office. Mr. Talpins is an advocate, consultant and trial attorney who represents clients and<br />

works with stakeholders in the commercial, substance abuse, correctional, and public sectors. Mr. Kaps<br />

focuses on the representation of the domestic retail, restaurant, and lodging sectors. He is the vice chair of<br />

<strong>DRI</strong>’s Retail and Hospitality Committee.


ing Maryland jurisprudence on the topic<br />

of dram shop liability…. This court is<br />

of the opinion that while the Maryland<br />

legislature has not enacted dram shop<br />

legislation, it has not expressly prohibited<br />

it…. A bar owner who continuously<br />

serves drinks to intoxicated individuals<br />

and makes no attempt to ensure that<br />

the individual has alternative means<br />

home should expect that the intoxicated<br />

patron can get into an accident.<br />

See Debating Dram Shop Laws: Judge<br />

Draws Line in the Sand on Alcohol Liability,<br />

Gazette.net (June 1, 2011). This case provides<br />

a cautionary tale to establishments<br />

in jurisdictions without dram shop laws.<br />

Although the judge will probably have his<br />

ruling reversed on an appeal, the establishment<br />

surely is paying significant legal fees<br />

and facing ongoing bad publicity. <strong>The</strong> message<br />

is simple: every establishment should<br />

serve responsibly, regardless of the law.<br />

Dram shops laws across the country<br />

vary significantly in their scope and application.<br />

In the vast majority of states, laws<br />

hold a licensee liable for serving a “visibly<br />

intoxicated” person. Thus, liability<br />

revolves around a tortfeasor’s state at<br />

the time of service, not at the time of an<br />

incident. See, e.g., Faust v. Albertson, 222<br />

P.3d 1208 (Wash. 2009). Some states only<br />

hold an establishment liable for serving a<br />

“known habitual drunkard.” In some of<br />

these states, it remains unresolved whether<br />

plaintiffs need to prove that improper, irresponsible<br />

service proximately caused injuries,<br />

or whether establishments are strictly<br />

liable for serving those they should not.<br />

<strong>The</strong> majority of jurisdictions do not hold<br />

a licensee accountable for injuries that an<br />

intoxicated patron causes to himself or herself<br />

or to third parties that participated in,<br />

condoned, or facilitated the patron’s drinking<br />

unless the service is reckless. Further,<br />

many jurisdictions recognize special<br />

defenses such as engaging in “responsible<br />

business practices.” Some jurisdictions<br />

cap damages, while in others the jurisdictions<br />

expose establishments to exemplary<br />

or punitive damages.<br />

Service to Underage Patrons or Minors<br />

<strong>For</strong>ty-two states, including the 35 that<br />

impose dram shop liability for improperly<br />

serving adults, and the District of Columbia<br />

impose liability on licensees that serve<br />

underage customers or “minors.” Many of<br />

these state laws have short statutes of limitations.<br />

In most jurisdictions, a licensee is<br />

not held liable if it is shown an apparently<br />

genuine license indicating that the patron<br />

is of minimum drinking age. Additionally,<br />

some jurisdictions recognize a defense if an<br />

establishment engaged in responsible business<br />

practices or if a patron misrepresented<br />

his or her age.<br />

Additional Related Liability<br />

Although dram shop laws are designed to<br />

establish “exclusive” remedies for negligent<br />

service, they do not, as commonly believed,<br />

bar other causes of action or provide an<br />

absolute defense. <strong>For</strong> example, a proprietor<br />

may be held liable for violating a duty to<br />

safeguard customers from “extreme danger”<br />

while on a premises. See, e.g., Starling<br />

v. Fisherman’s Pier, Inc., 401 So. 2d 1136<br />

(Fla. Dist. Ct. App. 1981) (holding that a<br />

business had an affirmative duty to protect<br />

a drunk man who passed out on the business’s<br />

pier so that he would not fall into the<br />

ocean and drown), review denied, 411 So.<br />

2d 381 (Fla. 1981). Additionally, some states<br />

recognize a civil cause of action for negligence<br />

per se when a host violates criminal<br />

statutes, including service of alcohol to a<br />

minor or permitting an “open house party.”<br />

See, e.g., Newsome v. Haffner, 710 So. 2d 184<br />

(Fla. Dist. Ct. App. 1998).<br />

Dram Shop Liability in the Real World<br />

Most cases arising under dram shop and<br />

social host laws are fairly straightforward.<br />

However, sometimes well- intentioned<br />

establishments and hosts create additional<br />

unexpected liabilities through the actions<br />

that they take to address problem drinkers.<br />

Improper Refusal of Service<br />

Some commentators suggest that servers<br />

exercise “extreme caution” when refusing<br />

service since refusal “may present its<br />

own challenges,” including antidiscrimination<br />

and Americans with Disabilities<br />

Act (ADA) lawsuits. See, e.g., D. Gursoy, C.<br />

Chi, & D. D. Rutherford, Alcohol- Service<br />

Liability: Consequences of Guest Intoxication,<br />

30 Int’l J. Hosp. Mgmt. 714, 716 (2011).<br />

While that may be true, a licensee still must<br />

refrain from providing alcohol as required<br />

by law and should refrain from serving<br />

visibly intoxicated customers and habitual<br />

addicts. Accordingly, we recommend that<br />

licensees train staff to watch for changes<br />

in customer behavior, not just traditional<br />

signs of intoxication, and to how to refuse<br />

service courteously.<br />

Some jurisdictions<br />

recognize a defense<br />

if an establishment<br />

engaged in responsible<br />

business practices or if<br />

a patron misrepresented<br />

his or her age.<br />

Improper Eviction<br />

Licensees typically evict or remove underage<br />

patrons, patrons who become belligerent,<br />

or patrons who endanger themselves<br />

or others. Unfortunately, this may carry<br />

some risk, even when required by law. In<br />

several jurisdictions people have attempted<br />

to hold licensees liable for evicting intoxicated<br />

patrons.<br />

In states without dram shop laws, the<br />

risk associated with eviction is minimal.<br />

See, e.g., Rodriguez v. Primadonna Co., 216<br />

P.3d 793 (Nev. 2009). In Rodriguez, the<br />

court held that a proprietor who evicts a<br />

patron “is not required to consider [the]<br />

patron’s level of intoxication in order to<br />

prevent speculative injuries that could<br />

occur off the proprietor’s premises.” As<br />

the court explained, “individuals, drunk<br />

or sober, are responsible for their torts.”<br />

Accord McCall v. Villa Pizza, Inc., 636 A.2d<br />

912 (Del. 1994). However, even in these<br />

states, or in analogous situations in which<br />

the dram shop laws may not apply, hosts<br />

may be held accountable if they facilitate<br />

tortious conduct. See, e.g., Simmons<br />

v. Homatas, 925 N.E.2d 1089 (Ill. 2010)<br />

(holding a strip club liable under common<br />

law negligence principles after employees<br />

evicted a customer, requested that the valet<br />

bring his car around, opened the car door,<br />

and ordered the patron to leave).<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 39


Retail and Hospitality<br />

In states with dram shop laws, the risk<br />

associated with eviction can be substantial.<br />

See, e.g., Kramer v. Continental Cas.<br />

Co., 641 So. 2d 557 (La. Ct. App. 1994). In<br />

Kramer, a motel allowed a group of high<br />

school students have a party during which<br />

underage attendees drank alcoholic beverages.<br />

After receiving numerous complaints,<br />

the employees ordered all non- registered<br />

Sometimes wellintentioned<br />

establishments<br />

and hosts create additional<br />

unexpected liabilities<br />

through the actions that<br />

they take to address<br />

problem drinkers.<br />

guests to leave. <strong>The</strong> plaintiff complied, leaving<br />

in car driven by a student who drank<br />

alcohol at the party. <strong>The</strong> student, who had<br />

a blood- alcohol concentration (BAC) of<br />

0.15, lost control of the vehicle and crashed.<br />

<strong>The</strong> plaintiff was seriously injured and<br />

sued the motel, among others. An appellate<br />

court found that the motel’s history of<br />

providing a venue for underage drinking<br />

facilitated the dangerous conduct and giving<br />

rise to a duty of care that was violated<br />

when the hotel evicted the partygoers. <strong>The</strong><br />

court explained that the motel’s “actions of<br />

throwing out intoxicated under age teenagers<br />

onto the motoring public was the<br />

worse [sic] possible option the [motel] did<br />

exercise, after allowing them to get intoxicated<br />

there. We find this conduct unreasonable.”<br />

Although the court seemingly<br />

limited the case to situations in which an<br />

innkeeper engages in outrageous conduct,<br />

a licensee should take care to discourage<br />

intoxicated persons evicted from their<br />

establishments or homes from driving and<br />

strongly consider requesting assistance<br />

from law enforcement when appropriate.<br />

Negligent Supervision<br />

Responsible licensees routinely monitor<br />

40 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

their customers’ drinking. Can they be held<br />

accountable if they do so negligently <strong>The</strong><br />

answer is less than clear. See, e.g., Bauer v.<br />

Nesbitt, 969 A.2d 1122 (N.J. 2009), reversing<br />

Bauer v. Nesbitt, 942 A.2d 882 (N.J. Ct.<br />

App. 2008). In Bauer, the decedent and an<br />

underage friend had some drinks together<br />

before going to the subject establishment.<br />

Once there, they ordered food and drinks.<br />

<strong>The</strong> friend ordered soda, but the decedent<br />

ordered beer and spiked his friend’s drinks.<br />

By the time they left, both of them were<br />

extremely intoxicated. <strong>The</strong> decedent was<br />

killed when his friend lost control of the<br />

vehicle that they were riding in. <strong>The</strong> decedent’s<br />

estate sued the establishment. A trial<br />

court dismissed the action on the basis that<br />

the establishment did not serve the friend<br />

alcohol, and the decedent’s estate appealed.<br />

An appellate court reversed, holding that<br />

the establishment was liable because it<br />

(1) had a duty to ensure that the decedent<br />

“was driven home by a sober companion,”<br />

and (2) had a duty to protect the visibly<br />

intoxicated friend from injuring himself<br />

or others. <strong>The</strong> court suggested that the<br />

establishment’s breach of the latter duty<br />

constituted negligent supervision. Not surprisingly,<br />

this case caused significant consternation<br />

in the hospitality industry since<br />

it imposed a seemingly impossible burden<br />

and exposed licensees to limitless liability.<br />

However, the New Jersey Supreme Court<br />

reversed. <strong>The</strong> New Jersey Supreme Court<br />

noted that the purpose of the dram shop<br />

law was to balance the needs of licensees<br />

to obtain affordable insurance and the victims’<br />

right to recover by limiting causes of<br />

action to negligent or illegal service. <strong>The</strong><br />

court held that the dram shop law held<br />

establishments responsible for their own<br />

actions and did not impose a duty upon<br />

them to monitor each and every guest, let<br />

alone those who were not served alcohol.<br />

While the New Jersey Supreme Court ultimately<br />

resolved the issue in the establishment’s<br />

favor, the case trajectory reflects real<br />

risk. With a different set of judges the result<br />

obviously could have been quite different.<br />

Insurance and Indemnification<br />

Every licensee that serves alcohol should<br />

obtain appropriate insurance. General liability<br />

policies generally exclude coverage<br />

for negligent service and, in any event,<br />

only provide coverage for harms occurring<br />

on an establishment’s premises. A<br />

licensee should obtain liquor liability policies<br />

that cover the licensee and the licensee’s<br />

employees for<br />

• Assaults and batteries occurring on<br />

premises;<br />

• Lawsuits brought by third parties who<br />

are injured off premises by a patron<br />

served at the establishment;<br />

• All available types of damages ranging<br />

the gamut from bodily injury to mental<br />

anguish;<br />

• Employee drinking, although some<br />

insurance companies will exclude coverage<br />

for this; and<br />

• <strong>Defense</strong> costs.<br />

Whether or not a licensee can find such<br />

expansive coverage may depend on the<br />

jurisdiction.<br />

In addition, a licensee should consider<br />

purchasing insurance that provides discounts<br />

for having a positive track record<br />

and participating in safety training. Establishments<br />

that permit others to host events<br />

on their premises, such as hotels or motels,<br />

should strongly consider requiring the<br />

hosts to indemnify them if the hosts intend<br />

to serve alcohol. In such cases, they should<br />

also consider requiring the hosts to provide<br />

proof of insurance.<br />

Reducing the Risk of Liability<br />

Establishments can protect themselves in a<br />

variety of ways. A licensee should in particular<br />

do the following.<br />

• Become familiar with the laws, regulations,<br />

and standards of care for in the respective<br />

state or states and follow them.<br />

• Obtain state certification as a responsible<br />

vendor when available.<br />

• Draft written policies and follow them.<br />

A good policy should highlight an establishment’s<br />

commitment to safe and<br />

responsible service, establish responsible<br />

business practices, describe service<br />

policies and procedures, identify the<br />

people responsible for implementing<br />

them, establish a “chain of command,”<br />

and specify penalties for violations.<br />

• Provide training to staff by certified<br />

trainers. Staff should attend training<br />

regularly to ensure that they know how<br />

to identify intoxicated customers, avoid<br />

over- serving, understand the importance<br />

of responsible service, and remain<br />

current with the law. Staff should learn


how to detect false or altered identification<br />

and to refrain from over pouring. To<br />

achieve the best results, an establishment<br />

should partner with independent outside<br />

providers to provide training, including<br />

private companies, nonprofit organizations,<br />

or both types that can ensure that<br />

licensees meet industry standards.<br />

• Supervise and monitor employee compliance<br />

with policies and procedures. A<br />

licensee should hire outside monitors to<br />

pose as customers, also known as “mystery<br />

shoppers” or “spotters,” to audit<br />

employee compliance.<br />

• Include compliance with responsible<br />

service policies in employee evaluations<br />

and otherwise hold employees<br />

accountable.<br />

• Prohibit employees from drinking alcoholic<br />

beverages while working and from<br />

arriving for work under the influence of<br />

alcohol.<br />

• Ask employees to avoid engaging in behaviors<br />

that encourage customers to<br />

overindulge and to adopt behaviors intended<br />

to counteract overindulgence.<br />

<strong>For</strong> example, encourage eating and the<br />

consumption of nonalcoholic beverages,<br />

limit happy hours, provide slower service<br />

for those who appear to becoming intoxicated,<br />

and prohibit contests that aware<br />

prizes to staff who serve the most alcohol.<br />

• Require that anyone who appears to be<br />

under the age of 30 produce proper proof<br />

of age.<br />

• Refuse service to known habitual drunkards<br />

and visibly intoxicated patrons.<br />

• Remove customers who become belligerent<br />

or drunk, but do not facilitate<br />

or encourage them to drive away. A<br />

licensee and the licensee’s employees<br />

should offer to call belligerent or drunk<br />

customers a cab.<br />

• Encourage designated drivers, post signs<br />

advertising a licensee’s willingness to<br />

call taxis, and otherwise promote safe<br />

transportation alternatives for customers<br />

who should not drive.<br />

• Document and track all incidents. This<br />

is important primarily for two reasons.<br />

First, many people learn more from failures<br />

than successes. By analyzing incidents,<br />

an establishment can appreciate<br />

the dangers of improper service better<br />

and reduce the likelihood of repeating<br />

mistakes. Second, contrary to what<br />

some would have the public believe, the<br />

vast majority of establishments have few<br />

incidents. Documentation showing that<br />

an establishment has few, if any, problems<br />

due to inappropriately serving customers<br />

who the establishment should<br />

cut off can become invaluable to successful<br />

defense during a trial.<br />

• Publicize responsible business practices<br />

to customers and members of the community.<br />

Obtain and maintain proper<br />

insurance.<br />

Practitioners also should take advantage<br />

of the numerous national organizations<br />

that provide excellent resources on licensee<br />

liability, including the American Beverage<br />

Licensees, http://ablusa.org/, the Responsible<br />

Hospitality Institute, http://www.rhiweb.<br />

org/, and the Responsible Retailing <strong>For</strong>um,<br />

http://www.rrforum.org/. Following these suggestions<br />

reduces risk, promotes customer<br />

and public safety, and facilitates mounting<br />

a good defense if someone is harmed.<br />

Defending a Dram Shop Case<br />

To craft the best possible defense when<br />

defending an establishment in a dram shop<br />

case a defense attorney will want to understand<br />

the applicable statute of limitations,<br />

investigate a case carefully, use motions<br />

in limine to exclude evidence strategically,<br />

and draw from some other specific<br />

trial tactics such as ferreting out potential<br />

jurors’ positions on individual personal<br />

responsibility.<br />

Statutes of Limitations<br />

<strong>The</strong> statutes of limitations of dram shop<br />

laws obviously vary dramatically from<br />

state to state. <strong>The</strong>se laws often contain limitations<br />

of actions significantly shorter<br />

than those in general negligence statutes.<br />

Review the relevant statutes and ensure<br />

that the plaintiff filed his or her lawsuit<br />

timely since some states’ laws require that<br />

plaintiffs formally initiate actions in a matter<br />

of months.<br />

Case Investigation<br />

<strong>The</strong> investigation phases of cases often<br />

determine whether or not defense attorneys<br />

will win or lose. <strong>Defense</strong> attorneys<br />

must initiate their investigations as quickly<br />

as possible because memories fade, evidence<br />

disappears, and witnesses, including<br />

hospitality staff, tend to be transient. A<br />

defense attorney should inspect an establishment.<br />

Many establishments have cameras<br />

that may provide invaluable evidence.<br />

Unfortunately, an establishment generally<br />

maintain videos only for a short period<br />

of time, typically 30 to 90 days. <strong>Defense</strong><br />

counsel should obtain copies of videos if<br />

available and a client’s policies concerning<br />

preservation of video evidence.<br />

Establishments that<br />

permit others to host<br />

events on their premises…<br />

should strongly consider<br />

requiring the hosts to<br />

indemnify them if the hosts<br />

intend to serve alcohol.<br />

<strong>Defense</strong> counsel also should obtain<br />

and review all policies and procedures<br />

related to the service of alcoholic beverages,<br />

retrieve all paperwork related to all<br />

transactions involving a tortfeasor, not just<br />

those from the day or night in question,<br />

and interview management and staff. It is<br />

essential to understand the service policies<br />

and to determine whether staff<br />

• Knew the law and their responsibilities<br />

under it;<br />

• Received training in responsible service,<br />

and if so, how and from whom;<br />

• Freely poured or measured alcohol when<br />

making drinks or used a machine to<br />

automatically pour drinks;<br />

• Offered customers food and nonalcoholic<br />

beverages;<br />

• Monitored customers’ drinking;<br />

• Knew how to identify an intoxicated<br />

person;<br />

• Ever refused service to anyone or evicted<br />

anyone because he or she was impaired;<br />

• Knew a tortfeasor before an incident and<br />

how well, meaning was he or she a “regular”<br />

If so, what types of drinks did the<br />

tortfeasor prefer Did the staff ever see<br />

the tortfeasor intoxicated How did the<br />

tortfeasor appear when intoxicated<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 41


Retail and Hospitality<br />

<strong>Defense</strong> counsel also should ask detailed<br />

questions about the day or night of the incident,<br />

including<br />

• How many customers were present the<br />

day or night of an incident<br />

• What was the occupancy limit<br />

• How many staff members were present<br />

• When did the tortfeasor arrive<br />

• Did you know him or her<br />

<strong>Defense</strong> attorneys must<br />

initiate their investigations as<br />

quickly as possible because<br />

memories fade, evidence<br />

disappears, and witnesses,<br />

including hospitality staff,<br />

tend to be transient.<br />

• Was anyone with him or her And if so,<br />

who Did you know them<br />

• Who served him or her And what training<br />

and experience did that person have<br />

• What did the tortfeasor eat and drink<br />

and over how long<br />

• Did you monitor the tortfeasor’s drinking<br />

and condition How carefully Did<br />

you see anything that concerned you<br />

Did he or she appear intoxicated Did<br />

the tortfeasor have a flushed face, bloodshot<br />

eyes, or slurred speech<br />

• Who paid for the items and how Counsel<br />

should obtain all receipts.<br />

• Did the tortfeasor pay the bill Did he<br />

or she have any problem producing the<br />

right amount of cash or a credit card<br />

• Was the tortfeasor able to get up and<br />

walk out without help<br />

• How did the tortfeasor appear before,<br />

during, and after receiving the service<br />

• Did anyone offer to call a cab for the<br />

tortfeasor<br />

• When did the tortfeasor leave<br />

<strong>Defense</strong> counsel also should determine<br />

if a tortfeasor visited multiple establishments.<br />

Some establishments hold contests<br />

for staff or otherwise reward them for selling<br />

alcoholic beverages, a risky practice<br />

42 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

from a liability standpoint, to say the least.<br />

Counsel should determine whether that<br />

took place on the day or night of a tortfeasor’s<br />

visit.<br />

<strong>The</strong> police typically investigate crashes,<br />

and, when appropriate, a prosecutor will<br />

prosecute particular parties. A defense<br />

attorney should obtain all public records<br />

from a police investigation and a criminal<br />

case, including the police reports, the<br />

court file, and the prosecutor’s file, preferably<br />

before deposing a tortfeasor. Officers<br />

often investigate a driver in detail. <strong>The</strong>ir<br />

reports may provide valuable information<br />

critical to a case.<br />

A defense attorney should hire an accident<br />

reconstructionist and a forensic<br />

toxicologist to analyze the police report<br />

information. <strong>The</strong>se experts may be able to<br />

use the information to identify alternative<br />

or confounding causes, such as medication<br />

or drugs, equipment failure, or failing<br />

to use seatbelts, verify fault, including<br />

all of the parties’ comparative negligence,<br />

and estimate the tortfeasor’s blood- alcohol<br />

content at different points in time.<br />

And, as in any other type of case, defense<br />

counsel should engage in discovery. If a<br />

tortfeasor or a third party was treated by<br />

a fire- rescue team or hospitalized, counsel<br />

should obtain the treatment records.<br />

Hospitals often test patients for alcohol or<br />

drug use.<br />

Further, counsel should depose a<br />

tortfeasor and a third party as quickly as<br />

possible before their memories fade. When<br />

deposing tortfeasor, counsel should vigorously<br />

question him or her on the same<br />

issues discussed above. Counsel also should<br />

thoroughly explore a tortfeasor’s drinking<br />

habits. <strong>For</strong> example, counsel should ask a<br />

tortfeasor the following questions:<br />

• How often do you drink<br />

• Do you ever drink alone<br />

• How many drinks do you have a week<br />

• How many times a week do you have<br />

more than two drinks <strong>The</strong>n repeat<br />

the question increasing the number of<br />

drinks.<br />

• Have you ever consumed alcohol while<br />

working<br />

• What is your favorite drink<br />

• Do you believe that you have a drinking<br />

or drug problem<br />

• Has anyone ever suggested that you<br />

reduce your drinking<br />

• Has anyone ever told you that you have<br />

a drinking a problem<br />

• Has anyone ever recommended that<br />

you obtain treatment for a drinking<br />

problem<br />

• Have you ever considered going to Alcoholics<br />

Anonymous (AA) or any type of<br />

treatment<br />

• Have you ever gone to an AA meeting or<br />

obtained any kind of treatment<br />

Finally, counsel should thoroughly<br />

explore the context and events leading to<br />

an incident, and the incident itself. <strong>For</strong><br />

example, counsel should ask,<br />

• How tall are you<br />

• How much did you weigh on the day or<br />

night of the incident<br />

• When was the last time that you slept<br />

before the incident Where How long<br />

Did you feel rested<br />

• Did you eat before or while drinking If<br />

not, when was your last meal What did<br />

you eat How much did you eat Were<br />

you full<br />

• What time did you start drinking<br />

• What did you drink <strong>The</strong>n ask when<br />

each drink was consumed and how<br />

quickly.<br />

• How much did you have to drink As<br />

this question for each type of drink.<br />

• Where did you drink Counsel must<br />

determine if a tortfeasor consumed alcohol<br />

at any location other than the client’s<br />

or host’s establishment.<br />

• When did you stop<br />

• If someone poured or made a drink<br />

for the tortfeasor, ask, do you know<br />

what types of alcohol are in that drink<br />

Did you see the person pour it Did<br />

he or she measure the pour or use a<br />

machine to assist him or her Did he or<br />

she pour more than a shot glass’s worth<br />

of alcohol<br />

• Was anyone with you Explore this for<br />

each issue.<br />

• Did anyone tell you that you shouldn’t<br />

have more to drink<br />

• Did anyone refuse to serve you<br />

• Did you feel the effects of alcohol<br />

• Did you think that you were drunk<br />

• Did anyone else tell you that they<br />

thought you were drunk<br />

• Did anyone tell you that you shouldn’t<br />

drive<br />

• Did anyone offer to call you a cab or to<br />

give you a ride


Motions in Limine<br />

Using motions in limine strategically to<br />

exclude certain evidence can shore up a<br />

defense, specifically prior bad act evidence,<br />

character evidence, blood alcohol content<br />

evidence, and subsequent remedial measure<br />

evidence.<br />

Evidence Concerning an Establishment’s<br />

or Host’s Prior Bad Acts<br />

A plaintiff’s attorney will often attempt to introduce<br />

prior bad acts and other types of evidence<br />

attacking an establishment or a host’s<br />

character or reputation. Examples include<br />

• Evidence regarding past parties or other<br />

raucous events;<br />

• Specials on alcoholic beverages on any<br />

occasion other than the incident date;<br />

• Contests that the establishment or host<br />

held for servers, customers, or guests<br />

on any occasion other than the incident<br />

date;<br />

• Prior incidents or lawsuits; if they exists,<br />

council should be careful about “opening<br />

the door” by arguing that the establishment<br />

or host has good character.<br />

Courts generally will not admit these<br />

types of evidence unless the offering party<br />

can prove “habit.” Proving habit is extremely<br />

difficult. See, e.g., Verni v. Harry<br />

M. Stevens, Inc., 903 A.2d 475 (N.J. Ct. App.<br />

2006). In Verni, the tortfeasor attended a<br />

football game at Giants Stadium. He tailgated<br />

before entering the stadium. During<br />

the first half of the game he purchased<br />

two beers and became “shit-faced.” He<br />

bought several more 16-ounce beers, tipping<br />

the server an extra $10 “to bypass the<br />

stadium’s two-beer limit.” He bought and<br />

smoked some marijuana in the spirals before<br />

leaving the game. Later that evening,<br />

he seriously injured a mother and her twoyear-old<br />

daughter when he swerved across<br />

a lane of traffic and struck their car. Blood<br />

tests revealed that the tortfeasor’s bloodalcohol<br />

content was .266 half an hour after<br />

the crash. During the trial, the plaintiff’s attorney<br />

introduced a great deal of evidence<br />

about the game’s “culture of drinking,” including<br />

testimony that many fans attended<br />

games while extremely intoxicated, stadium<br />

employees “violated the applicable industry<br />

standard of care in failing to properly<br />

train their employees by requiring them<br />

to be TIPS certified,” and employees regularly<br />

served beer to visibly intoxicated people.<br />

<strong>The</strong> jury awarded compensatory and<br />

punitive damages exceeding $109,000,000.<br />

On appeal, the court reversed, finding that<br />

much of the evidence was inadmissible.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Verni court recognized that “‘before<br />

a court may admit evidence of habit, the<br />

offering party must establish the degree<br />

of specificity and frequency of uniform<br />

response that ensures more than a mere<br />

‘tendency’ to act in a given manner, but<br />

rather, conduct that is semi- automatic’ in<br />

response.’” (quoting Thompson v. Boggs,<br />

33 F.3d 847 (7th Cir. 1994). <strong>The</strong> court ruled<br />

that the trial court erred when it admitted<br />

character evidence and evidence<br />

• Of wrongful hiring, training or<br />

supervision;<br />

• That fans engaged in rowdy behavior<br />

while attending the games;<br />

• That fans often became drunk because<br />

the plaintiffs could not show that they<br />

became intoxicated because they were<br />

served alcohol at the stadium; and<br />

• Of specific service violations.<br />

Engineers, Architects, Scientists & Fire Investigators<br />

<strong>The</strong> court also excluded evidence that the<br />

concessions contractor violated alcohol<br />

service policies over the course of years<br />

because, while marginally relevant, the<br />

probative value was substantially outweighed<br />

by the unfair prejudicial value.<br />

Evidence of a Tortfeasor’s<br />

Character and Habits<br />

In states where establishments are only<br />

responsible for serving visibly intoxicated<br />

patrons, an attorney should move to<br />

exclude evidence of a tortfeasor’s drinking<br />

habits and history because they are irrelevant.<br />

In jurisdictions where establishments<br />

are liable for serving habitual addicts, this<br />

evidence is admissible because it establishes<br />

an element of the claim. In these<br />

jurisdictions, counsel should consider stipulating<br />

that the tortfeasor was a habitual<br />

addict and move to exclude this highly prejudicial<br />

evidence. In such a case, counsel<br />

could simply argue that the establishment<br />

Dram Shop Laws, continued on page 65<br />

Bar Operations & Liquor Liability<br />

Elizabeth A. Trendowski<br />

etrendowski@robsonforensic.com<br />

800.813.6736<br />

Facilities / Grounds Maintenance<br />

Brian O’Donel<br />

bodonel@robsonforensic.com<br />

800.813.6736<br />

Supervised Care / Day Care Centers<br />

Lisa A. Thorsen, Ed.D., C.R.C.<br />

lthorsen@robsonforensic.com<br />

800.813.6736<br />

Security<br />

Donald J. Decker, CPP, CPM<br />

ddecker@robsonforensic.com<br />

800.695.3139<br />

Robson <strong>For</strong>ensic provides extensive experience in retail & hospitality matters.<br />

Visit us online for CVs and bios for these experts and more.<br />

www.robsonforensic.com | 800.813.6736<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 43


Retail and Hospitality<br />

Shop, Stop and Roll<br />

By Jennifer M. Herrmann<br />

and Marci D. Guevara<br />

Detaining Shoplifters<br />

Without Incurring<br />

Civil Liability<br />

Guidelines for detaining<br />

suspects and recovering<br />

stolen merchandise<br />

while avoiding claims<br />

for false imprisonment.<br />

Shoplifting. Every retailer has to deal with it. Indeed, people<br />

shoplift $35 million worth of merchandise every single<br />

day. National Association of Shoplifting Prevention, Shoplifting<br />

Statistics, http://www.shopliftingprevention.org/whatnasp<br />

offers/nrc/publiceducstats.htm (last visited<br />

December 15, 2011). Unfortunately, though,<br />

shoplifters report that they only get caught<br />

one out of every 48 times that they steal.<br />

Id. If accurate, this is a daunting reality for<br />

retailers. How should a retailer respond<br />

when he or she believes that he or she<br />

has detected a shoplifter Confront the<br />

shoplifter Call the police Do nothing<br />

This article explains the statutory rights of<br />

retailers encountering suspected shoplifters.<br />

Importantly, this article explains how<br />

retailers can exercise their rights without<br />

improperly detaining suspected shoplifters<br />

and thereby opening themselves up to<br />

false imprisonment lawsuits.<br />

Most states have enacted statutes that<br />

permit retailers to detain shoppers reasonably<br />

suspected of shoplifting. Robert A. Brazener,<br />

Annotation, Construction and Effect,<br />

in False Imprisonment Action, of Statute<br />

Providing for Detention of Suspected Shoplifters,<br />

47 A.L.R.3d 998 (1973). In general,<br />

under the statutes and the corresponding<br />

case law, for a retailer to avoid civil liability<br />

for false imprisonment of a suspected<br />

shoplifter the retailer must carry out a detention<br />

in a reasonable manner and for a<br />

reasonable time. Id. at §2[a]. <strong>The</strong> goal for a<br />

retailer, then, is to strike that balance between<br />

detaining a shoplifter and recovering<br />

merchandise with avoiding improperly detaining<br />

a shopper. To strike that balance, a<br />

retailer and the retailer’s employees should<br />

adhere to the following six guidelines.<br />

Conduct a Reasonable Investigation<br />

In many cases courts have considered a<br />

retailer’s failure to conduct a reasonable<br />

investigation an important factor in determining<br />

the reasonableness of a detention.<br />

Brazener, supra, at §6. When possible, a<br />

retailer should observe the behavior of the<br />

suspected shoplifter, question him or her,<br />

explain to the shoplifter what is happening<br />

and why, look at his or her sales receipt, and<br />

question store employees. Take the following<br />

cases on point:<br />

• A Louisiana court held a retailer liable<br />

for false imprisonment when a retailer<br />

44 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

■ Jennifer M. Herrmann is a partner in the Indianapolis office of Kightlinger & Gray, LLP. She focuses her<br />

practice in the areas of premises liability, product liability, contract law, and insurance defense litigation.<br />

Marci D. Guevara is an associate in the Indianapolis office of Kightlinger & Gray, LLP. She practices in the<br />

areas of business and corporate law as well as trucking law.


detained a shopper without questioning<br />

her or investigating the incident. Derouen<br />

v. Miller, 614 So. 2d 1304 (La. Ct.<br />

App. 1993).<br />

• An Iowa court held that detentions<br />

of customers selected at random for<br />

searches were not protected by the shoplifting<br />

statute. Zohn v. Menard, Inc., 598<br />

N.W.2d 323 (Iowa Ct. App. 1999).<br />

• An Oregon court held that store employees<br />

were not justified in detaining<br />

a 13-year-old plaintiff based on a security<br />

guard’s description of the shoplifter<br />

as being a young, white male, around<br />

five foot three inches tall, weighing 120<br />

pounds, with brown hair, blue eyes, and<br />

wearing blue jeans, a green jacket, a baseball<br />

cap, and the stolen new white tennis<br />

shoes, when the plaintiff was not wearing<br />

the baseball cap, he was not wearing or<br />

carrying a pair of new white shoes, and<br />

he was two blocks from the store in the<br />

opposite direction from where the shoplifters<br />

had run. Wolf v. Nordstrom, 626<br />

P.2d 953 (Or. Ct. App. 1981).<br />

End the Detention as Soon as Possible<br />

Often a retailer will detain a suspected<br />

shoplifter, but after a quick investigation,<br />

the merchant determines that a theft has<br />

not occurred. Brazener, supra, at §7[a]. In<br />

such cases, a retailer no longer has justification<br />

for detaining a shopper and should<br />

release the shopper immediately. Id. <strong>The</strong><br />

following cases illustrate this principle:<br />

• A Florida court held that detaining two<br />

girls momentarily and searching their<br />

pocketbooks were reasonable. Meadows<br />

v. F. W. Woolworth Co., 254 F. Supp. 907<br />

(D. Fla. 1966).<br />

• <strong>The</strong> Eighth Circuit, applying Arkansas<br />

law, held that detaining a customer who<br />

was suspected of hiding cologne in her<br />

halter top was unreasonable after the<br />

customer proved that she had not hidden<br />

cologne in her halter top. Murray v. Wal-<br />

Mart, Inc., 874 F.2d 555 (8th Cir. 1989).<br />

• A Montana court held that once a security<br />

guard questioned a suspected shoplifter<br />

and was satisfied that she had not<br />

shoplifted, a second store employee no<br />

longer could legitimately further detain<br />

and question the shopper. Turner v.<br />

Hudson Salvage, Inc., 709 So. 2d 425<br />

(Miss. 1998).<br />

• An Illinois court held that a retailer’s<br />

detention of a suspected shoplifter<br />

was not reasonable when the retailer<br />

detained the shopper for 15 minutes<br />

after the search was concluded when the<br />

search determined that the retailer did<br />

not have grounds to continue holding<br />

the shopper. Adams v. Zayre Corp., 499<br />

N.E.2d 678 (Ill. App. Ct. 1986).<br />

Do Not Detain Solely for a Confession<br />

or Release from Liability<br />

<strong>The</strong> shoplifting statutes that protect a<br />

retailer from liability for false imprisonment<br />

will not protect a retailer if the<br />

retailer prolongs a detention solely either to<br />

obtain a confession or to execute a release<br />

of the store from liability relating to the<br />

detention. Brazener, supra, at §10[a]. <strong>The</strong><br />

following case illustrates this point:<br />

• A Minnesota court held that when a<br />

retailer’s purpose in detaining a customer<br />

was not to deliver him to police<br />

but rather to have him sign a confession,<br />

the retailer was not protected from liability<br />

for false imprisonment. Altman<br />

v. Knox Lumber Co., 381 N.W.2d 858<br />

(Minn. Ct. App. 1986).<br />

Stay Professional<br />

It is easy to imagine how a frustrated<br />

retailer may act unprofessionally when<br />

dealing with a suspected thief. However,<br />

if a retailer fails to keep his or her cool,<br />

behaves rudely, harasses a suspected shoplifter,<br />

unnecessarily embarrasses someone,<br />

or uses excessive force, the merchant may<br />

have to assume liability for an unreasonable<br />

detention. Brazener, supra, at §10[b].<br />

Note the following cases on this point:<br />

• A Minnesota court held that excessive<br />

force was used when a 28-year-old bodybuilder<br />

security guard pinned a 73-yearold<br />

man’s arms behind him while the<br />

shopper was seated in a chair. Altman<br />

v. Knox Lumber Co., 381 N.W.2d 858<br />

(Minn. Ct. App. 1986).<br />

• A North Carolina court held that a<br />

retailer unreasonably detained suspected<br />

shoplifters when the retailer<br />

refused to search the shoppers’ pocket<br />

books, call police, or to explain why<br />

the shoppers could not leave the store.<br />

Ayscue v. Mullen, 336 S.E.2d 863 (N.C.<br />

Ct. App. 1985).<br />

• A Texas court held that a retailer’s detention<br />

of a shopper was unreasonable<br />

when a guard refused to retrieve a shopper’s<br />

receipt from the shopper’s car, verbally<br />

taunted the shopper, refused him<br />

a cup of water, and, after police arrived,<br />

placed the shopper on the floor with the<br />

guard’s knee in the shopper’s back to<br />

exchange handcuffs with the police. Dillard<br />

Department Stores, Inc. v. Silva, 148<br />

S.W.3d 370 (Tex. 2004).<br />

Shoplifting statutes…<br />

will not protect a retailer<br />

if the retailer prolongs a<br />

detention solely either to<br />

obtain a confession or<br />

to execute a release of<br />

the store from liability.<br />

Be Careful When Relying on<br />

Third-Party Information<br />

Retailers often detain suspected shoplifters<br />

after receiving tips from employees or other<br />

shoppers. Information from a third party<br />

alone, however, will not protect a retailer<br />

from civil liability. Brazener, supra, at §5. If<br />

a third party was unreasonable in believing<br />

that shoplifting had occurred, a court can<br />

hold a retailer liable for false imprisonment<br />

of the suspected shoplifter. Id. A retailer,<br />

then, should not detain a suspected shoplifter<br />

unless the retailer has verified the<br />

information provided by the third party, as<br />

exemplified by the following cases:<br />

• A Mississippi court held that a retailer unjustifiably<br />

detained a suspected shoplifter<br />

when the retailer detained the shopper after<br />

someone in the store told one of the<br />

clerks that he suspected the shopper of<br />

shoplifting, and then that clerk reported<br />

the information to the assistant manager<br />

of the store, who then detained the suspected<br />

shoplifter. J.C. Penney Co. v. Cox,<br />

148 So. 2d 679 (Miss. 1963).<br />

Play It Safe<br />

Retailers wanting to do everything in their<br />

Shoplifters, continued on page 68<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 45


Retail and Hospitality<br />

Slip and Fall in<br />

Aisle Four<br />

By Renee W. Dwyer<br />

and Russell N. Jarem<br />

Modern Premises<br />

Liability Challenges<br />

to Retail Operations<br />

“Self-service” operations<br />

in particular should<br />

note the growing<br />

number of states that are<br />

adopting the heightened<br />

“mode of operation”<br />

standard of care.<br />

In 2007, in Kelly v. Stop & Shop, 281 Conn. 768 (Conn.<br />

2007), the Connecticut Supreme Court determined that<br />

certain retail enterprises should bear the burden of rebutting<br />

a plaintiff’s claim that the defendant was negligent,<br />

and a plaintiff can satisfy a prima facie negligence<br />

standard by presenting evidence<br />

that the defendant’s mode of business operation<br />

leads “to a foreseeable risk of injury”<br />

and “the plaintiff’s injury was proximately<br />

caused by an accident within the zone of<br />

risk.” Id. at 791.<br />

<strong>The</strong> court’s decision abrogated the traditional<br />

premises liability standard under<br />

which a plaintiff was required to establish<br />

that a defendant had actual or constructive<br />

notice of a specific hazard. In adopting the<br />

mode of operation standard, Connecticut<br />

joined a growing number of states that<br />

have held certain retail establishments to<br />

a greater standard of care than in the past<br />

under traditional premises liability law.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Approaches<br />

Retailers face liability everyday from slips<br />

and falls that people experience in their establishments.<br />

“Self- service” operations need<br />

to insulate themselves more vigilantly from<br />

liability exposure than other retail establishments<br />

due to the “mode of operation” rule<br />

adopted by many states across the country.<br />

As the Connecticut Supreme Court noted in<br />

Kelley, “[t]here is… a distinct modern trend<br />

favoring the rule, and it appears that most<br />

courts that have considered the rule have adopted<br />

it.” Kelly, 281 Conn. at 783.<br />

Under traditional premises liability law,<br />

a retail store owner has a duty to keep a<br />

premises in a reasonably safe condition<br />

for the benefit of store customers. In situations<br />

involving falls, most courts require<br />

a plaintiff to show that the condition causing<br />

him or her to slip and fall existed long<br />

enough so that the defendant should have<br />

discovered it and should have remedied it.<br />

In other words, the plaintiff is generally<br />

required to plead and prove that the retailer<br />

had actual or constructive knowledge of a<br />

hazard. In these cases, a third party such<br />

as a customer usually creates the hazard<br />

that a plaintiff blames for his or her injury.<br />

46 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

■ Renee W. Dwyer and Russell N. Jarem are partners of Gordon Muir & Foley in Hartford, Connecticut.<br />

Ms. Dwyer, a member of <strong>DRI</strong>’s Retail and Hospitality Committee, routinely represents major retailers in the<br />

defense of serious premises liability actions, as well as retail store false arrest claims, malicious prosecution<br />

claims, and pharmacy liability claims. Mr. Jarem’s practice includes premises liability defense of landowners<br />

and leaseholders for premises defects and retail operations. He is a member of the <strong>DRI</strong> Employment and<br />

Labor Law Committee.


<strong>The</strong> growing trend in most jurisdictions<br />

relieves a plaintiff of this burden, particularly<br />

in self- service situations. Courts that<br />

dispense with the traditional requirements<br />

of notice recognize either a “mode of operation”<br />

or a “recurring condition” basis for<br />

liability under which a plaintiff bases the<br />

defendant’s liability on the methods used<br />

by the defendant to run the defendant’s<br />

business. <strong>The</strong> “mode of operation” rule differs<br />

from the standard premises liability<br />

rule in that with the “mode of operation<br />

rule” courts “allow a customer injured due<br />

to a condition inherent in the way [a] store<br />

is operated to recover without establishing<br />

that the proprietor had actual or constructive<br />

knowledge of the dangerous condition.”<br />

Jackson v. K-Mart Corp., 251 Kan.<br />

700, 702, 840 P.2d 463 (Kan. 1992).<br />

Some states, namely Arkansas, New<br />

York, and Maine, apply the “recurring condition”<br />

rule, which may result in greater potential<br />

liability than a “mode of operation”<br />

rule. While a retail establishment may avoid<br />

liability by showing that it took “precautions<br />

reasonably necessary to protect its customers,”<br />

an owner that knows of recurring conditions<br />

“that pose[ ] a potential danger to<br />

invitees may not ignore that knowledge and<br />

fail reasonably to respond to the foreseeable<br />

danger of the likelihood of a recurrence of<br />

the condition.” Dumont v. Shaw’s Supermarkets,<br />

664 A.2d 846, 849 (Me. 1995). See<br />

also Brookshires Grocery Co. v. Pierce, 71<br />

Ark. App. 203, 205 (Ark. Ct. App. 2000); Simoni<br />

v. 2095 Cruger Associates, 285 A.D. 2d<br />

431, 729 N.Y.S.2d 10 (N.Y. App. Div. 2001).<br />

In these cases, any potential recurring hazard,<br />

as opposed to one arising from a selfservice<br />

mode of operation, may expose a<br />

retail establishment to liability.<br />

<strong>The</strong> following jurisdictions have adopted<br />

the mode of operation approach: Arizona,<br />

Connecticut, Hawaii, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana,<br />

Kansas, Massachusetts, Mississippi,<br />

Missouri, Montana, New Jersey, New Mexico,<br />

Oklahoma, Tennessee, Texas, Utah,<br />

Vermont, Washington, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.<br />

See Chiara v. Fry’s Food Stores of<br />

Ariz., Inc., 152 Ariz. 398, 401, 733 P.2d 283<br />

(Ariz. 1987); Kelly, 281 Conn. 768 (Conn.<br />

2007); Gump v. Wal-mart Stores, Inc., 93<br />

Hawai’i 428, 441–444, 5 P.3d 418 (Haw. Ct.<br />

App.1999), aff’d in part and rev’d in part on<br />

other grounds, 93 Hawai’i 417, 5 P.3d 407<br />

(Haw. 2000); McDonald v. Safeway Stores,<br />

Inc., 109 Idaho 305, 308, 707 P.2d 416 (Idaho<br />

1985); Donoho v. O’Connell’s, Inc., 13 Ill. 2d<br />

113, 118, 124–125, 148 N.E.2d 434 (Ill. 1958);<br />

Golba v. Kohl’s Dep’t Store, Inc., 585 N.E.2d<br />

14, 17 (Ind. Ct. App. 1992); Jackson v. K-<br />

Mart Corp., 251 Kan. 700, 710, 840 P.2d 463<br />

(Kan. 1992); Sheehan v. Roche Brothers Supermarket,<br />

Inc., 440 Mass. 780, 863 N.E.2d<br />

1276 (Mass. 2007); Waller v. Dixieland Food<br />

Stores, Inc., 492 So. 2d 283 (Miss. 1986);<br />

Sheil v. T.G. & Y. Stores Co., 781 S.W.2d<br />

778, 782 (Mo. 1989); Richardson v. Corvallis<br />

Public School District, 286 Mont. 309, 950<br />

P.2d 748 (Mont. 1997); Wollerman v. Grand<br />

Union Stores, Inc., 47 N.J. 426, 429, 221 A.2d<br />

513 (N.J. 1966); Mahoney v. J.C. Penney Co.,<br />

71 N.M. 244, 259–260, 377 P.2d 663 (N.M.<br />

1962); Lingerfelt v. Winn- Dixie Tex., Inc.,<br />

645 P.2d 485, 489 (Okla. 1982); Worsham<br />

v. Pilot Oil Corp., 728 S.W.2d 19 (Tenn. Ct.<br />

App. 1987); Corbin v. Safeway Stores, Inc.,<br />

648 S.W.2d 292, 298 (Tex. 1983); Canfield v.<br />

Albertsons, Inc., 841 P.2d 1224, 1226 (Utah<br />

Ct. App. 1992); Debus v. Grand Union Stores<br />

of Vt., 159 Vt. 537, 545–546, 621 A.2d 1288<br />

(Vt. 1993); Pimentel v. Roundup Co., 100<br />

Wash. 2d 39, 47, 49, 666 P.2d 888 (Wash.<br />

1983); Steinhorst v. H.C. Prange Co., 48 Wis.<br />

2d 679, 683–684, 180 N.W.2d 525 (Wis.<br />

1970); Buttrey Food Stores Div. v. Coulson,<br />

620 P.2d 549, 553 (Wyo. 1980).<br />

<strong>The</strong> following jurisdictions follow a<br />

burden- shifting approach, in which the<br />

defendant must establish that it exercised<br />

reasonable care under the circumstances of<br />

the self- service operation: Colorado, Georgia,<br />

and Kentucky. See Safeway Stores, Inc.<br />

v. Smith, 658 P.2d 255, 258 (Colo. 1983);<br />

Davis v. Bruno’s Supermarkets, Inc., 263 Ga.<br />

App. 147, 148–149, 587 S.E.2d 279 (Ga. Ct.<br />

App. 2003); Lanier v. Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.,<br />

99 S.W.3d 431, 436 (Ky. 2003).<br />

Although New Jersey and Oklahoma<br />

follow the “mode of operation” approach,<br />

both jurisdictions also incorporate burdenshifting<br />

principles. See Wollerman v. Grand<br />

Union Stores, Inc., 47 N.J. at 429–30, 221<br />

A.2d at 513; Lingerfelt v. Winn-Dixie Tex.,<br />

Inc., 645 P.2d at 485, 489.<br />

Other states that follow a hybrid<br />

approach are Illinois, combining the traditional<br />

and the “mode of operation”<br />

approaches, and New Mexico, combining<br />

the “mode of operation” and the “recurring<br />

condition” approaches. See Donoho v.<br />

O’Connell’s, Inc., 13 Ill. 2d 113, 118, 124–<br />

Courts that dispense with<br />

the traditional requirements<br />

of notice recognize either<br />

a “mode of operation” or<br />

a “recurring condition”<br />

basis for liability.<br />

125, 148 N.E.2d 434 (Ill. 1958); Mahoney v.<br />

J.C. Penney Co., 71 N.M. 244, 259–260, 377<br />

P.2d 663 (N.M. 1962).<br />

<strong>The</strong> following jurisdictions currently follow<br />

the traditional premises liability approach,<br />

in some cases rejecting the “mode<br />

of operation” standard outright: Alabama,<br />

Alaska, California, Delaware, Florida, Iowa,<br />

Louisiana, Maryland, Michigan, Minnesota,<br />

Nebraska, Nevada, New Hampshire,<br />

New York, North Carolina, North Dakota,<br />

Ohio, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island,<br />

South Carolina, South Dakota, Virginia,<br />

and West Virginia. See S.H. Kress & Co. v.<br />

Thompson, 267 Ala. 566, 569, 103 So. 2d<br />

171 (Ala. 1957); Kremer v. Carr’s Food Ctr.,<br />

Inc., 462 P.2d 747, 749 (Alaska 1969); Ortega<br />

v. Kmart Corp., 26 Cal. 4th 1200, 114 Cal.<br />

Rptr. 2d 470, 36 P.3d 11 (Cal. 2001); Howard<br />

v. Food Fair Stores, New Castle, 57 Del. 471,<br />

480, 201 A.2d 638 (Del. 1964); Richardson v.<br />

Commodore, Inc., 599 N.W.2d 693, 696 (Iowa<br />

1999), abrogated on other grounds, Koenig v.<br />

Koenig, 766 N.W.2d 635 (Iowa 2009); Kavlich<br />

v. Kramer, 315 So. 2d 282 (La. 1975), superseded<br />

by statute, La. Rev. Stat. §9:2800.6<br />

(1997); Maans v. Giant of Md., LLC, 161<br />

Md. App. 620, 639, 871 A.2d 627 (Md. Ct.<br />

Spec. App. 2005); Whitmore v. Sears, Roebuck<br />

& Co., 89 Mich. App. 3, 8, 279 N.W.2d<br />

318 (Mich. Ct. App. 1979); Norman v. Tradehome<br />

Shoe Stores, Inc., 270 Minn. 101, 106,<br />

132 N.W.2d 745 (Minn. 1965); Herrera v.<br />

Fleming Cos., 265 Neb. 118, 122, 655 N.W.2d<br />

378 (Neb. 2003); Sprague v. Lucky Stores,<br />

Inc., 109 Nev. 247, 849 P.2d 320 (Nev. 1993);<br />

Simpson v. Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., 144 N.H.<br />

571, 574, 744 A.2d 625 (N.H. 1999); Gordon<br />

v. American Museum of Natural History,<br />

67 N.Y.2d 836, 837, 501 N.Y.S.2d 646, 492<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 47


Retail and Hospitality<br />

N.E.2d 774 (N.Y. 1986); Nourse v. Food Lion,<br />

Inc., 127 N.C. App. 235, 238, 488 S.E.2d 608<br />

(N.C. Ct. App. 1997); Johanson v. Nash Finch<br />

Co., 216 N.W.2d 271, 275 (N.D. 1974); Anaple<br />

v. Standard Oil Co., 162 Ohio St. 537, 541, 55<br />

O.O. 424, 124 N.E.2d 128 (Ohio 1955); Lee<br />

v. Meier & Frank Co., 166 Or. 600, 605, 114<br />

P.2d 136 (Or. 1941); Martino v. Great Atl. &<br />

Pac. Tea Co., 419 Pa. 229, 233, 213 A.2d 608<br />

<strong>The</strong> “mode of operation”<br />

rule does not impose<br />

strict liability on retailers as<br />

defendants, although it has<br />

been criticized as doing so.<br />

(Pa. 1965); Barone v. Christmas Tree Shop,<br />

767 A.2d 66, 68 (R.I. 2001); Wintersteen v.<br />

Food Lion, Inc., 344 S.C. 32, 35, 542 S.E.2d<br />

728 (S.C. 2001); Ballard v. Happy Jack’s Supper<br />

Club, 425 N.W.2d 385, 388 (S.D. 1988);<br />

Winn-Dixie Stores, Inc. v. Parker, 240 Va.<br />

180, 183 n.3, 396 S.E.2d 649 (Va. 1990); Mc-<br />

Donald v. University of W. Va. Bd. of Trustees,<br />

191 W. Va. 179, 182, 444 S.E.2d 57 (W.<br />

Va. 1994).<br />

Florida had previously followed the<br />

burden- shifting approach, but the legislature<br />

recently ensured that the burden of<br />

proof should remain with the plaintiff. See<br />

Fl. St. §768.0755.<br />

How the “Mode of Operation”<br />

Rule Evolved<br />

<strong>The</strong> Connecticut Supreme Court in Kelly<br />

v. Stop & Shop, Inc., 281 Conn. 768, 778,<br />

18 A.2d 249, 256 (Conn. 2007), noted that<br />

the “mode of operation” rule “evolved in<br />

response to the proliferation of self- service<br />

retail establishments” and “is rooted in<br />

the theory that traditional notice requirements<br />

are unfair and unnecessary in the<br />

self- service context.” In citing two earlier<br />

decisions that adopted the “mode of operation”<br />

rule, the Supreme Court of Connecticut<br />

noted that “[t]he modern self- service<br />

form of retail sales encourages… patrons<br />

to obtain for themselves from shelves and<br />

containers the items they wish to purchase,<br />

48 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

and to move them from one part of the<br />

store to another in baskets and shopping<br />

carts as they continue to shop for other<br />

items, thus increasing the risk of droppage<br />

and spillage.” Id. (citing Lanier v. Wal-Mart<br />

Stores, Inc., 99 S.W.3d 431, 435 (Ky. 2003)<br />

and Ciminski v. Finn Corp., 13 Wash. App.<br />

815, 818, 537 P.2d 850, review denied, 86<br />

Wash. 2d 102 (Wash. Ct. App. 1975)).<br />

In Malaney v. Hannaford Bros. Co., 177<br />

Vt. 123, 127–128, 861 A.2d 1069 (Vt. 2004),<br />

the Vermont Supreme Court discussed the<br />

rationale for modifying the traditional<br />

premises liability rule that had historically<br />

required a plaintiff to prove that a store had<br />

actual or constructive notice of a hazardous<br />

condition. <strong>The</strong> court noted that<br />

[i]n modifying the traditional rule, these<br />

courts reasoned that while self- service<br />

operations give store customers additional<br />

freedom to browse and select<br />

the merchandise they desire, they also<br />

pose foreseeable hazards to those customers,<br />

who are generally less careful<br />

than store employees in handling the<br />

merchandise…. Essentially, the courts<br />

have recognized that stores engaging in<br />

foreseeably hazardous self- service operations<br />

may be deemed to have constructive<br />

notice of those conditions when they<br />

result in injury.’<br />

Id. (citations and internal quotation marks<br />

omitted).<br />

Impact of the “Mode of<br />

Operation” Rule<br />

<strong>The</strong> “mode of operation” rule does not<br />

impose strict liability on retailers as defendants,<br />

although it has been criticized as<br />

doing so. See Kelly, 281 Conn. at 768, 790,<br />

18 A.2d at 263 n.8; Maans v. Giant of Maryland<br />

LLC, 161 Md. App 620, 638–639, 871<br />

A.2d 627, cert. denied, 388 Md. App. 98, 879<br />

A.2d 43 (Md. Ct. Spec. App. 2005), Some<br />

jurisdictions, such as Maine, in criticizing<br />

the rule, have suggested that it imposes<br />

strict liability on a defendant for a plaintiff’s<br />

injuries on the defendant’s premises<br />

and suggested that it makes a defendant<br />

the “absolute insurer” of its customers. See<br />

Dumont v. Shaw’s Supermarkets, Inc., 664<br />

A.2d 846, 849 n.1 (Me. 1995).<br />

In holding that the plaintiff was not<br />

entitled to the “mode of operation” jury<br />

instruction under the particular facts at<br />

hand, a Kansas court wrote that<br />

[t]he evidence in the present case was<br />

that on the date of the fall, Wal-Mart was<br />

the type of store where shoppers were<br />

invited to come in and pick up, carry,<br />

examine, and purchase merchandise for<br />

themselves. <strong>The</strong>re was no evidence presented<br />

that Wal-Mart’s mode of operation<br />

was unique or created a situation in<br />

which dangerous conditions could regularly<br />

occur. <strong>The</strong> evidence also established<br />

that Wal-Mart had a system for<br />

checking for dangerous conditions and<br />

had implemented the system. It appears<br />

the store was making reasonable safety<br />

efforts commensurate with any risks<br />

involved in the operation of the store.<br />

Instructing on the mode- of- operation<br />

rule in cases such as this would result in<br />

most establishments being held to a near<br />

strict liability standard. Most businesses<br />

today operate in a manner that allows<br />

customers to serve themselves to some<br />

degree. <strong>The</strong> rule is not intended to uniformly<br />

cover all self- service situations.<br />

Hembree v. Wal-Mart of Kansas, d/b/a Wal-<br />

Mart Stores, Inc., 29 Kan. App. 2d 900, 904,<br />

35 P.3d 925, 928 (Kan. Ct. App. 2001).<br />

<strong>The</strong> Rule Does Not Entirely Eliminate<br />

the Notice Proof Requirement<br />

Although diminishing a plaintiff’s proof<br />

burden, the “mode of operation” approach<br />

does not eliminate a plaintiff’s burden to<br />

prove notice entirely. Instead, a plaintiff<br />

satisfies the notice proof requirement if he<br />

or she establishes that an injury was attributable<br />

to a “reasonably foreseeable dangerous<br />

condition on the owner’s premises<br />

that [was] related to the owner’s self- service<br />

mode of operation.” Sheehan v. Roche Bros.<br />

Supermarkets, Inc., 448 Mass. 780, 786, 863<br />

N.E.2d 1276, 1283 (Mass. 2007). <strong>The</strong> court<br />

in Sheehan noted, however, that “the plaintiff,<br />

under this approach, is still required<br />

to prove that the defendant failed to take<br />

reasonable measures commensurate with<br />

the risks involved with self- service mode<br />

of operation to prevent injury to invitees<br />

and ‘bears the burden of persuading the<br />

jury that the defendant acted unreasonably.’”<br />

Id. (citing Chiara v. Fry’s Food Stores<br />

of Ariz., Inc., 152 Ariz. 398, 401, 733 P.2d<br />

283 (Ariz. 1987)).<br />

Additionally, “a store owner will be liable<br />

to a plaintiff injured as a result of a dangerous<br />

condition caused by a third party


only if the owner could reasonably foresee<br />

that the dangerous condition could occur,<br />

resulting from the owner’s chosen mode<br />

of operation, and the owner took inadequate<br />

steps to forestall resulting injuries.”<br />

Sheehan, 448 Mass. at 791–792. And “[a]<br />

plaintiff would still be required to present<br />

evidence to supporting his or her case and<br />

to bear the burden of persuading the trier<br />

of fact that the defendant acted unreasonably<br />

in the circumstances.” Id. at 786–787.<br />

So whether an owner exercised reasonable<br />

care in making an establishment safe<br />

for invitees is a question of fact. A jury in<br />

such a case will need to decide whether<br />

the retailer took all necessary reasonable<br />

precautions commensurate with the risks<br />

inherent in a self- service method of operation<br />

to protect individuals from such foreseeable<br />

risks, and counsel for a retailer<br />

needs to present evidence to support the<br />

position that the retailer did, in fact, take<br />

necessary precautions.<br />

How and When Courts<br />

Generally Apply the Rule<br />

A court generally will take a “mode of operation”<br />

approach in a situation in which<br />

a retailer could reasonably anticipate that<br />

hazardous conditions would arise regularly.<br />

As the Arizona Supreme Court explained,<br />

[t]he mode- of- operation rule is of limited<br />

application because nearly every<br />

business enterprise produces some risk<br />

of customer interference. If the modeof-<br />

operation rule applied whenever customer<br />

interference was conceivable, the<br />

rule would engulf the remainder of negligence<br />

law. A plaintiff could get to the<br />

jury in most cases simply by presenting<br />

proof that a store’s customer could<br />

have conceivably produced the hazardous<br />

condition.<br />

Chiara v. Fry’s Food Stores of Ariz., Inc.,<br />

152 Ariz. 398, 400–401, 733 P.2d 283 (Ariz.<br />

1987).<br />

<strong>The</strong> Arizona Supreme Court further<br />

explained that a particular mode of<br />

operation only falls within the “modeof-<br />

operation” rule when a business can<br />

reasonably anticipate that hazardous conditions<br />

will regularly arise. Id. A plaintiff<br />

must generally demonstrate the foreseeability<br />

of third-party interference before a<br />

court will dispense with traditional premises<br />

liability notice requirements.<br />

As discussed by the Supreme Court of<br />

Arizona, many cases applying “mode- ofoperation”<br />

rule have involved open food displays.<br />

Id. (citing Bloom v. Fry’s Food Stores,<br />

Inc., 636 P.2d 1229 (Ariz. Ct. App. 1981)<br />

(grapes); Tom v. S.S. Kresge Co., 633 P.2d 439<br />

(Ariz. Ct. App. 1981) (soft drinks)); Rhodes<br />

v. El Rancho Markets, 9 Ariz. App. 576, 454<br />

P.2d 1016 (Ariz. Ct. App. 1969) (lettuce);<br />

Jasko v. F.W. Woolworth Co., 177 Colo. 418,<br />

494 P.2d 839 (Colo. 1972) (pizza sold by the<br />

slice); Gonzales v. Winn-Dixie Louisiana,<br />

Inc., 326 So. 2d 486 (La. 1976) (glass bottle<br />

of olive oil); Bozza v. Vornado, Inc., 42 N.J.<br />

355, 200 A.2d 777 (N.J. 1964) (self- service<br />

cafeteria); Ciminski v. Finn Corp., 13 Wash.<br />

App. 815, 537 P.2d 850 (Wash. Ct. App. 1975)<br />

(self-service cafeteria).<br />

In Connecticut, when a court first recognized<br />

the rule in Kelly v. Stop & Shop, Inc.,<br />

281 Conn. 768, 791–92 (Conn. 2007), the<br />

court limited the rule by using the phrase<br />

“zone of risk.” Specifically, the court held<br />

that a plaintiff can establishes a prima<br />

facie case of negligence by presenting evidence<br />

that the “mode of operation” of the<br />

defendant’s business gives rise to a foreseeable<br />

risk of injury to customers and that the<br />

plaintiff’s injury was proximately caused by<br />

an accident within the “zone of risk.” Id.<br />

at 791. <strong>The</strong> court went on to state that “the<br />

prima facie case may be defeated if the defendant<br />

produces evidence that it took reasonable<br />

measures to prevent accidents such<br />

as the one that caused the plaintiff’s injury,<br />

and the plaintiff fails to establish that those<br />

measures did not constitute reasonable<br />

care under the circumstances.” Id. at 791–<br />

92. As such, under the “mode of operation”<br />

analysis, retailers do have defenses.<br />

<strong>Defense</strong> counsel, must, however, present<br />

evidence to show that the retailer (1) had<br />

adequate policies and procedures in place,<br />

and (2) the retailer’s employees followed<br />

those policies and procedures.<br />

Three years after Kelly, however, the<br />

Connecticut Supreme Court in Fisher v. Big<br />

Y Foods, 298 Conn. 414, 3 A. 3d 919 (Conn.<br />

2010), further explained the limitations of<br />

the rule when it stated that<br />

[t]he mode of operation rule, as adopted<br />

in Connecticut, does not apply generally<br />

to all accidents caused by transitory<br />

hazards in self- service retail establishments,<br />

but rather, only to those accidents<br />

that result from particular hazards that<br />

occur regularly, or are inherently foreseeable,<br />

due to some specific method of<br />

operation employed on the premises.<br />

Id. at 423. (emphasis added).<br />

<strong>The</strong> court observed that if self- service<br />

merchandising constituted the problematic<br />

“mode of operation,” then Kelly would render<br />

an entire store a “zone of risk” because<br />

merchandise can fall and break anywhere<br />

Counsel for a retailer<br />

needs to present evidence<br />

to support the position that<br />

the retailer did, in fact, take<br />

necessary precautions.<br />

in a store. Id. at 424. Such a construction<br />

would render the “zone of risk” analysis<br />

superfluous.<br />

Courts Do Apply the Rule to Retailing<br />

Other than Self-Service Retailing<br />

Attorneys for retailers as defendants<br />

defending claims brought under the broad<br />

premise liability theories described above<br />

have tried to argue that the “mode of operation”<br />

rule applies solely to self- service grocery<br />

stores and not to fast-food restaurants,<br />

nightclubs, or other businesses such as<br />

banks. Attorneys for injured plaintiffs will<br />

certainly attempt to argue that the “mode<br />

of operation rule” has applicability to falls<br />

that occur in all types of retail, service, and<br />

recreational establishments such as doctor’s<br />

offices, theaters, bowling alleys, clothing<br />

stores, and coffee shops.<br />

While the courts have acknowledged that<br />

the “mode of operation” rule does not apply<br />

to all negligence cases or all premises liability<br />

cases, these same courts, under the<br />

right factual scenario, have extended the<br />

application of this rule to retail locations<br />

other than self- service grocery stores. <strong>For</strong><br />

example, the United States District Court of<br />

Rhode Island, interpreting the law of Massachusetts,<br />

found that nothing in Massachusetts’<br />

seminal case, Sheehan v. Roche Bros.<br />

Supermarkets, Inc., 863 N.E.2d 1276 (Mass.<br />

2007), limited the application of the rule to<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 49


Retail and Hospitality<br />

self- service grocery stores and found that the<br />

rationale of Sheehan “logically extends to a<br />

self- service, fast food restaurant.” Marcione<br />

v. Jan Co., Inc d/b/a Burger King, C.A., 2010<br />

WL 2697595 (D. R.I. 2010). So all modernday<br />

outlets that invite customers into their<br />

premises need to look out for potentially<br />

hazardous conditions that arise from the<br />

way in which they conduct their business.<br />

Focus a summary<br />

judgment argument on<br />

the plaintiff’s failure to<br />

establish that a specific<br />

method of operation gave<br />

rise to a foreseeable risk.<br />

Practical Considerations<br />

Given the court trend adopting mode of<br />

operation approaches, retailers and the<br />

attorneys who represent them will want to<br />

adopt particular operational procedures.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se procedures will help a defense attorney<br />

maintain a strong defense if a plaintiff<br />

sues a retailer under a mode of operation<br />

theory. A defense attorney can also buttress<br />

a defense by adopting specific litigation<br />

strategies.<br />

50 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

Retail Operation Procedures<br />

In contrast to defending a standard premises<br />

liability action, defending a case<br />

against a retail establishment sued under<br />

a “mode of operation” theory, regardless of<br />

its incarnation, will likely fail if the defense<br />

attorney cannot produce evidence to rebut<br />

the plaintiff’s inference of negligence. A<br />

retail establishment cannot completely prevent<br />

customers from slipping and falling.<br />

However, if a retailer has proper procedures<br />

in place, an attorney may maintain a strong<br />

defense for that retailer.<br />

We recommend that retail establishments<br />

create and maintain thorough operations<br />

procedures, including maintenance<br />

logs and reporting requirements. Ensuring<br />

compliance with these procedures is<br />

paramount as failing to follow the procedures<br />

will further the theory that the<br />

mode of operation required constant oversight<br />

to prevent hazardous conditions from<br />

arising. Despite the double- edged sword<br />

that increased procedural documentation<br />

creates, the modified premises liability<br />

approach for self- service retailers should<br />

alert attentive counsel to its necessity.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se procedures and documentation<br />

standards should particularly identify<br />

areas that courts would characterize<br />

as falling within a “zone of risk,” such as<br />

salad bars, condiment areas, soda fountains,<br />

or any other area where a consumer<br />

has “hands-on” access to a product. Thoroughly<br />

documenting procedures and making<br />

sure that employees maintain them will<br />

go far to rebut a “mode of operation” claim<br />

and force a plaintiff’s attorney to establish<br />

liability through more traditional means.<br />

Litigation<br />

After conducting depositions, defense<br />

counsel for retailers often file motions for<br />

summary judgments in situations involving<br />

falls, arguing that the plaintiffs didn’t<br />

present evidence of actual or constructive<br />

notice. If a jurisdiction might apply the<br />

“mode of operation” rule or another similar<br />

standard, counsel also need to argue in<br />

a motion requesting a summary judgment<br />

that the rule doesn’t apply to the facts at<br />

hand. In some situations, a defense attorney<br />

can argue that the hazardous condition<br />

and the self- service mode of operation<br />

aren’t related. See Carlyle v. Safeway Stores,<br />

Inc., 78 Wash. App. 272, 276–277, 896 P.2d<br />

750 (Wash. Ct. App. 1995). In Carlyle, the<br />

plaintiff slipped on a spot of shampoo while<br />

in the coffee section of the store. <strong>The</strong> shampoo<br />

was stocked several aisles away from<br />

where the plaintiff fell. <strong>The</strong> court held that<br />

since customers do not regularly handle<br />

shampoo in the area where the plaintiff fell,<br />

it was not reasonably foreseeable that a customer<br />

would slip on shampoo. Id. at 277.<br />

In other cases, a defense attorney may<br />

more appropriately focus a summary judgment<br />

argument on the plaintiff’s failure to<br />

establish that a specific method of operation<br />

gave rise to a foreseeable risk. In<br />

Fisher, the court noted that several court<br />

decisions “related the hazardous condition<br />

to the particular method of operation<br />

at issue, rather than attributing it solely to<br />

the general self- service nature of the business<br />

establishment.” Fisher, 298 Conn. at<br />

431 (citing Jasko v. F.W. Woolworth Co., 177<br />

Colo. at 420, 494 P.2d at 839 (“defendant’s<br />

method of selling pizza” created dangerous<br />

condition)); Gump v. Wal-Mart Stores,<br />

Inc., 93 Hawai’i at 418, 5 P.3d at 407 (specifically<br />

limiting application of the rule to<br />

circumstances of the case, when “a commercial<br />

establishment, because of its mode<br />

of operation, has knowingly allowed the<br />

consumption of ready- to- eat food within<br />

its general shopping area”); McDonald v.<br />

Safeway Stores, Inc., 109 Idaho at 307, 707<br />

P.2d 416 (upholding the trial court’s denial<br />

of a summary judgment to the defendant<br />

on reasoning that “[t]he mode of operation<br />

of the ice cream demo on a very busy<br />

Good Friday, combined with the abnormally<br />

large crowds and other demos, in<br />

and of itself could constitute an act of<br />

negligence”); Jackson v. K-Mart Corp., 251<br />

Kan. at 702, 710–11, 840 P.2d 463 (involving<br />

these questions for the jury on remand:<br />

whether dangerous condition due to the<br />

defendant’s allowing customers to carry<br />

food and drink onto the shopping floor was<br />

reasonably foreseeable and, if so, whether<br />

the defendant had failed to exercise reasonable<br />

care); Dumont v. Shaw’s Supermarkets,<br />

Inc., 664 A.2d at 848 **931 (holding<br />

the “mode of operation” rule potentially<br />

applicable because the defendant knew<br />

“that items with similar characteristics to<br />

the chocolate- covered peanuts created an<br />

increased hazard to customers”); Sprague<br />

v. Lucky Stores, Inc., 109 Nev. 247, 251, 849<br />

P.2d 320 (Nev. 1983) (noting evidence of<br />

“virtually continual debris on the produce<br />

department floor”); Nisivoccia v. Glass<br />

Gardens, Inc., 175 N.J. at 565, 818 A.2d 314<br />

(finding the method of packaging grapes<br />

made it “foreseeable… that loose grapes<br />

would fall to the ground… creating a dangerous<br />

condition”); Wollerman v. Grand<br />

Union Stores, Inc., 47 N.J. at 429, 221 A.2d<br />

513 (“When greens are sold from open bins<br />

on a self- service basis, there is the likelihood<br />

that some will fall or be dropped to<br />

the floor. If the operator chooses to sell in<br />

this way, he must do what is reasonably<br />

necessary to protect the customer from<br />

the risk of injury that mode of operation is<br />

likely to generate”); Mahoney v. J.C. Penney<br />

Co., 71 N.M. at 260, 377 P.2d 663 (observing<br />

that the defendant “knew the propen-<br />

Premises, continued on page 66


In an accident, the facts are often<br />

injured more seriously than the victim.<br />

At S-E-A, we’ve been investigating and revealing the<br />

cause of accidents and failures since 1970. S-E-A also<br />

has the capabilities and physical resources to<br />

recreate accidents, fires and many other<br />

occurrences under simulated conditions to<br />

arrive at replicable and accurate answers that<br />

withstand scrutiny. We’ve always stood behind our work<br />

and we’d like to remind you that we’ll also stand beside<br />

it, and you, in court. Any Questions<br />

Visit www.SEAlimited.com or call Jason<br />

Baker at 800-782-6851 for more details.<br />

800-782-6851<br />

Scientific Expert Analysis<br />

© <strong>2012</strong><br />

<br />

<br />

www.SEAlimited.com


Government Enforcement and Corporate Compliance<br />

From the Chair<br />

By Jonathan N. Rosen<br />

Recent actions by the<br />

government appear<br />

to undermine the<br />

efficacy of corporate<br />

compliance efforts.<br />

Monitoring<br />

Government’s<br />

Changing<br />

Attitudes<br />

■ Jonathan N. Rosen is a partner in the Washington, D.C., office of Shook, Hardy & Bacon, L.L.P., and a member of the Government<br />

Enforcement and Compliance Group. His practice focuses on representing corporate and individual clients in complex white<br />

collar matters.<br />

52 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

<strong>Today</strong>’s enforcement climate clearly underscores the need<br />

for an effective compliance program. <strong>The</strong> lack of an effective<br />

compliance program, which could have averted the<br />

wrongdoing, may be used by government regulators to


suggest a corporate intent to both enable<br />

and benefit from an employee’s or agent’s<br />

errant conduct.<br />

In addition, compliance has now become<br />

a part of the statutory and regulatory landscape.<br />

Section 404 of Sarbanes- Oxley Act<br />

(SOX) requires that certain management<br />

of issuers file an internal control report<br />

regarding the effectiveness of the company’s<br />

internal controls structure with the<br />

SEC. Section 404 also requires the company’s<br />

auditor to attest to and report on the<br />

company’s assessment of its internal controls<br />

over financial reporting.<br />

An “effective” compliance program is<br />

also necessary to mitigate the sentence<br />

arising from some errant corporate misconduct.<br />

<strong>The</strong> United States Sentencing<br />

Guidelines identify several factors that<br />

constitute an “effective” compliance program.<br />

See U.S.S.G. §8B2.1(b). In addition,<br />

amendments to the guidelines allow a company<br />

to obtain credit for an effective compliance<br />

program, even where a high-level<br />

executive was involved in the misconduct,<br />

so long as the head of compliance reports<br />

directly to the board, among other factors.<br />

Notwithstanding this emphasis on compliance<br />

programs, more recent actions by<br />

the government appear to undermine the<br />

efficacy of corporate compliance efforts.<br />

<strong>For</strong> example, the SEC implemented rules<br />

designed to incentivize employees to take<br />

advantage of the Dodd-Frank Act’s whistleblowing<br />

protections and benefits. <strong>The</strong>se<br />

rules now offer huge awards for reporting alleged<br />

violations of the securities laws to the<br />

SEC, without a requirement of first resorting<br />

to existing corporate compliance programs.<br />

See Rule 21F-6 (17 C.F.R. §240.21F-6). Some<br />

have argued that this regime may turn<br />

company employees into bounty hunters,<br />

thereby undermining the role and effectiveness<br />

of corporate compliance procedures<br />

that companies put in place after SOX.<br />

Similarly, the SEC requires that any<br />

qualifying disclosure be “voluntary,” which<br />

excludes information provided to the SEC<br />

pursuant to a contractual duty to the SEC.<br />

See Rule 21F-4 (17 C.F.R. §240.21F-4). <strong>The</strong><br />

SEC’s commentary underscores that the<br />

definition of “voluntary” excludes a statement<br />

made to the SEC pursuant to a cooperation<br />

or similar agreement with the<br />

Department of Justice obligating the individual<br />

to provide information to government<br />

agencies in general. Although the SEC<br />

identifies participation in internal compliance<br />

systems as a factor that can increase<br />

the bounty (Rule 21F-6 (17 C.F.R. §240.21F-<br />

6), a whistleblower may rationally elect not<br />

to risk such preemption by disclosing the<br />

alleged violation to the company.<br />

One way to vindicate, and not undermine,<br />

compliance programs is to make<br />

effective compliance programs an affirmative<br />

defense to criminal wrongdoing. This<br />

is exactly what occurs under the UK bribery<br />

bill, which creates an affirmative defense<br />

for “adequate procedures” to prevent<br />

bribes. As a result, a corporation can escape<br />

criminal liability if it can demonstrate that<br />

any failings were not systematic. In the past,<br />

however, the United States Department of<br />

Justice has specifically objected to an analogous<br />

procedure. <strong>The</strong> government’s opposition<br />

is entirely consistent with its good faith<br />

interest in achieving greater and greater leverage<br />

over corporations and their individual<br />

officers and directors.<br />

<strong>The</strong> heart of the matter is this: the<br />

government’s attitude about how best to<br />

achieve corporate compliance has changed.<br />

<strong>Today</strong>, there is a real suspicion on the part<br />

of federal regulators that entity- driven penalties<br />

and agreements are insufficient to<br />

deter corporate wrongdoing. Regulators<br />

now feel compelled to go after individuals<br />

to effect greater corporate compliance. As<br />

a result, the government will continue to<br />

use various tools at its disposal, including<br />

not only bounty programs but also corporate<br />

monitors and elastic statutes to obtain<br />

maximum leverage over those individuals<br />

whom the government targets in its<br />

investigations.<br />

<strong>The</strong> following articles submitted by the<br />

Government Enforcement and Corporate<br />

Compliance Committee (GECCC) underscore<br />

this theme. Aaron Danzig’s article,<br />

“In Search of a More Flexible Approach:<br />

Uneven Practices in False Claims Act Settlements,”<br />

analyzes how the Department<br />

of Health and Human Services Office of<br />

Inspector General uses corporate integrity<br />

agreements to monitor corporate conduct,<br />

even where less draconian remedies would<br />

be equally consistent with OIG guidance. In<br />

addition, GECC Steering Committee Member<br />

Julianne Balliro’s article, “<strong>The</strong> Detention<br />

Provision of the National <strong>Defense</strong><br />

Authorization Act for Fiscal year <strong>2012</strong>: Is It<br />

Worth the Cost to Liberty,” examines the<br />

Act’s elasticity to demonstrate how American<br />

citizens may become subject to indefinite<br />

detention based on little more than<br />

suspicion of terrorism or suspicion of failing<br />

to report another person suspected of<br />

terrorism.<br />

Thank you to our authors and to GECCC<br />

Publications Chair Patrick Sullivan for<br />

their efforts in helping our committee<br />

sponsor this month’s <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong>.<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 53


Government Enforcement and Corporate Compliance<br />

In Search of a More<br />

Flexible Approach<br />

Uneven Practices<br />

in False Claims<br />

Act Settlements<br />

By Aaron M. Danzig<br />

How the OIG insists on<br />

onerous settlement terms<br />

and fails to consider<br />

its own guidance.<br />

In many cases, an accusation of misconduct under the<br />

False Claims Act (FCA) is a debilitating blow to a health<br />

care provider whether or not the provider actually violated<br />

the law. At best, an accusation will harm a provider’s rep-<br />

utation and generate significant legal fees.<br />

At worst, the government will exclude a<br />

provider from participating in federally<br />

funded health care programs, and depending<br />

on how much the provider relies on<br />

those programs, the provider potentially<br />

can lose its entire livelihood. <strong>For</strong> these reasons,<br />

many companies targeted by the U.S.<br />

Department of Justice (DOJ) and the U.S.<br />

Department of Health and Human Services<br />

Office of Inspector General (OIG) feel pressured<br />

to consent to settlement agreements<br />

rather than risk trials.<br />

Such settlement almost always includes<br />

a corporate integrity agreement (CIA)<br />

requiring a company to undertake onerous,<br />

expensive monitoring. A CIA generally<br />

requires a company to hire an independent<br />

monitor to ensure compliance over a<br />

period of time and to foot the bill. In rare<br />

instances, the OIG will agree to a certification<br />

of compliance agreement (CCA) in lieu<br />

of a CIA, which is generally less comprehensive,<br />

intrusive, and expensive. This article<br />

explores the OIG’s tendency to impose<br />

CIAs routinely on companies in FCA settlements<br />

and argues that the OIG should more<br />

flexibly consider other options including<br />

CCAs and settlements that don’t include<br />

specific compliance agreements at all.<br />

Most False Claims<br />

Act Cases Settle<br />

<strong>The</strong> FCA prohibits corporations from submitting<br />

false claims for reimbursement of<br />

services to the Medicare or the Medicaid<br />

programs. 31 U.S.C. §3729 (2010). <strong>The</strong> FCA<br />

includes a citizen lawsuit provision that<br />

allows whistleblowers to bring false claims<br />

allegations to the government’s attention;<br />

the government may choose to intervene<br />

or let the whistleblower continue with his<br />

or her lawsuit individually. 31 U.S.C. §3730<br />

(2010). <strong>The</strong> government also may choose<br />

to dismiss a lawsuit altogether. 31 U.S.C.<br />

§3730(c)(2)(A). However, the government<br />

has little incentive to do that, so it rarely<br />

happens. Sharon Finegan, <strong>The</strong> False Claims<br />

Act and Corporate Criminal Liability: Qui<br />

Tam Actions, Corporate Integrity Agree-<br />

■ Aaron M. Danzig is a partner in Arnall Golden Gregory LLP’s Litigation Group. From the firm’s Atlanta office, he chairs the<br />

Government Investigations and Special Matters Practice Team. His practice focuses on white collar criminal defense, internal<br />

corporate investigations, corporate compliance and governance matters, and business and intellectual property litigation. He is a<br />

member of <strong>DRI</strong> and its Government Enforcement and Corporate Compliance Committee.<br />

54 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong>


ments and the Overlap of Criminal and Civil<br />

Law, 111 Penn. St. L. Rev. 625, 645 (2007).<br />

<strong>The</strong> OIG will often work with the civil<br />

division of a U.S. attorney’s office in<br />

response to a whistleblower lawsuit alleging<br />

Medicare or Medicaid fraud, launching<br />

an investigation and initiating civil<br />

settlement negotiations without referring<br />

the case to the DOJ for criminal prosecution.<br />

See Finegan, supra, at 646, 656–57;<br />

A Perspective on Fraud, Waste, and Abuse<br />

Within the Medicare and Medicaid Programs:<br />

Hearing Before the Subcomm. on<br />

Health Care, District of Columbia, Census<br />

and the National Archives, H. Comm.<br />

on Oversight and Government Reform,<br />

112th Cong. 6 (2011) (testimony of Gerald<br />

T. Roy, Deputy Inspector General for Investigations,<br />

Office of Inspector General, U.S.<br />

Dep’t of Health and Human Serv.). <strong>The</strong> OIG<br />

and the U.S. attorney’s office can then negotiate<br />

settlement terms, including payment<br />

of often significant amounts of money and<br />

a CIA that requires a company to have an<br />

independent monitor for long-term followup,<br />

freeing up court and agency dockets<br />

while sending a message to both the public<br />

and the corporation under scrutiny that the<br />

government will not tolerate further noncompliance.<br />

See Vincent L. DiCianni, New<br />

Principles Can Help Advance Independent<br />

Corporate Monitoring 3, Am. Health Lawyers<br />

Ass’n Health Lawyers Weekly, July 18,<br />

2008. From the OIG’s point of view, these<br />

settlements are economic and efficient<br />

vehicles for generating goodwill among<br />

the public, which has become rather disenchanted<br />

with corporate behavior in recent<br />

years. Some commentators believe that the<br />

government’s increased use of independent<br />

monitors in recent years is directly correlated<br />

to the desire to alleviate public concerns<br />

about corporate behavior. See, e.g.,<br />

DiCianni, supra, at 3.<br />

Meanwhile, a company may acquiesce<br />

to the government’s settlement demand—<br />

with limited pushback—because it has little<br />

bargaining power once accused of an<br />

FCA violation. Amendments to the FCA<br />

over the years have made it much easier for<br />

claimants to prevail and thus much riskier<br />

from a provider’s standpoint. In 1986, when<br />

Congress added the whistleblower provision<br />

to the FCA, it lowered the FCA’s intent<br />

requirement so that the government or a<br />

whistleblower no longer needs to prove that<br />

a corporation had specific intent to falsify<br />

claims; liability exists if the corporation<br />

had “reckless or deliberate ignorance of<br />

the truth or falsity” of the claim or claims<br />

at issue. 31 U.S.C. §3729 (b)(1); Finegan,<br />

supra, at 644.Further, Congress lowered the<br />

evidentiary burden for proving a violation<br />

from a “clear and convincing” standard to<br />

the less stringent “preponderance of the<br />

evidence” standard. Finegan, supra, at 644.<br />

Additional amendments in 2009 expanded<br />

potential liability even further by eliminating<br />

language suggesting that a false claim<br />

must be submitted directly to a federal<br />

employee and by expanding the offense<br />

of “reverse” false claims to cover not only<br />

submitting false claims but also knowingly<br />

retaining overpayments. Cong. Research<br />

Serv., Qui Tam: <strong>The</strong> False Claims Act and<br />

Related Federal Statutes 9 (2009).<br />

A provider faced with allegations that it<br />

violated the FCA often will choose to settle<br />

as a form of damage control. Even if a<br />

provider believes that the case against it is<br />

weak, the risks associated with a trial are<br />

so great that it may feel coerced into settling.<br />

A trial loss can yield severe sanctions,<br />

including a civil penalty of up to<br />

$11,500 per claim plus treble damages.31<br />

U.S.C. §3729(a)(1).In addition, the OIG has<br />

authority to exclude providers found liable<br />

under the FCA from participating in<br />

federal healthcare programs. 42 U.S.C.<br />

§1320a-7. Losing reimbursements from<br />

those programs may jeopardize a provider’s<br />

very existence. Finegan, supra, at 651.<br />

Furthermore, a trial win may not truly<br />

be a win. Though that scenario doesn’t<br />

involve exclusion from Medicare and Medicaid,<br />

the provider will have had to pay<br />

for its defense and also may have suffered<br />

enough reputational harm to outweigh the<br />

settlement cost. Finegan, supra, at 646.In<br />

the end, a company’s reputation could suffer<br />

so much that the harmful consequences<br />

could threaten the company’s livelihood<br />

as much as exclusion would have. So ultimately,<br />

this skewed balance of power and<br />

the high risk for a health care provider<br />

means that more cases settle, relieving the<br />

government of its obligation to meet its<br />

burden of proof.<br />

Specific Settlement Terms—<br />

Choosing a CIA Over a CCA<br />

CIAs are practically automatic in the FCA<br />

A company may acquiesce<br />

to the government’s<br />

settlement demand—<br />

with limited pushback—<br />

because it has little<br />

bargaining power once<br />

accused of an FCA violation.<br />

settlements that the OIG orchestrates.<br />

Open Letter to Health Care Providers from<br />

Janet Rehnquist, Inspector General, Office<br />

of Inspector General, U.S. Dep’t of Health<br />

and Human Serv. (Nov. 20, 2001); see also<br />

Finegan, supra, at 658 (“CIAs are the rule,<br />

rather than the exception, in health care<br />

settlement agreements.”).In each CIA the<br />

OIG will stipulate certain compliance measures<br />

that it wants a provider to take and<br />

promises that if a provider meets those<br />

terms it will not seek to exclude the provider<br />

from participating in Medicare or<br />

Medicaid. Corporate Integrity Agreement<br />

FAQ, Office of the Inspector General, U.S.<br />

Dep’t of Health and Human Serv. website.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se agreements typically last five years<br />

and tend to incorporate more stringent<br />

standards than the law requires. Roy, supra,<br />

at 6; Finegan, supra, at 655.Each agreement<br />

is tailored “to address the deficiencies of<br />

the particular organization.” Roy, supra,<br />

at 6. However, certain core directives generally<br />

show up in most, if not all, CIAs:<br />

(1) hire a compliance officer, appoint a compliance<br />

committee, or both; (2) develop<br />

written standards and policies; (3) implement<br />

a comprehensive employee training<br />

program; (4) retain an independent review<br />

organization to conduct periodic reviews;<br />

(5) establish a confidential disclosure program;<br />

(6) restrict employment of ineligible<br />

persons; (7) report overpayments,<br />

reportable events ongoing investigations,<br />

and legal proceedings; and (8) provide an<br />

implementation report and annual reports<br />

to the OIG on the status of all compliance<br />

activities. Corporate Integrity Agreement<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 55


Government Enforcement and Corporate Compliance<br />

This skewed balance<br />

of power and the high<br />

risk for a health care<br />

provider means that more<br />

cases settle, relieving the<br />

government of its obligation<br />

to meet its burden of proof.<br />

FAQ, Office of the Inspector General, U.S.<br />

Dep’t of Health and Human Serv. website.<br />

On rare occasions, the OIG will settle<br />

using a CCA rather than a CIA. <strong>The</strong> OIG<br />

considers a CCA appropriate when a company<br />

already has a comprehensive compliance<br />

program in place, and the OIG<br />

simply wants to require the company to<br />

maintain it. Id. Certain compliance obligations<br />

in a CCA mirror those found in a<br />

CIA, including (1) reporting overpayments,<br />

reportable events, and ongoing investigation<br />

and legal proceedings to the OIG; and<br />

(2) providing annual reports to the OIG<br />

regarding the entity’s compliance activities<br />

during the term of the CCA. Id. However,<br />

CCAs generally last for only three<br />

years and do not require audits from independent<br />

review organizations. Open Letter<br />

to Health Care Providers from Daniel<br />

R. Levinson, Inspector General, Office of<br />

Inspector General, U.S. Dep’t of Health and<br />

Human Serv. (Apr. 24, 2006).<br />

In an Open Letter to Health Care Providers<br />

dated April 24, 2006, Inspector General<br />

Daniel R. Levinson acknowledged that<br />

many providers had “independently developed<br />

robust and effective compliance programs,<br />

which include internal auditing<br />

mechanisms.” Id. at 2. As a result, he wrote,<br />

“In appropriate cases, we have agreed to<br />

reduce the obligation on providers settling<br />

health care fraud matters by entering into<br />

Certification of Compliance Agreements<br />

(CCAs), rather than more extensive CIAs.”<br />

Id. <strong>The</strong> new approach recognized concerns<br />

about the financial impact of CIAs<br />

on providers that had initially been raised<br />

56 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

in a 2001 Open Letter from previous OIG<br />

Inspector General Janet Rehnquist that<br />

did not mention CCAs explicitly but promised<br />

that the OIG “would be exploring ways<br />

to increase reliance on providers’ internal<br />

audit capabilities.” Rehnquist, supra.<br />

Levinson pledged to consider applying<br />

a CCA over a CIA based on several<br />

factors listed in the 2001 letter, including<br />

(1) whether a provider self- disclosed the alleged<br />

misconduct; (2) the monetary damage<br />

suffered by the federal healthcare programs;<br />

(3) whether the case involved successor liability;<br />

(4) whether the provider still participated<br />

in the federal health care programs<br />

or still conducted business that gave rise<br />

to the fraudulent conduct; (5) whether the<br />

provider could repeat the alleged conduct;<br />

(6) the age of the conduct; (7) whether the<br />

provider had an effective compliance program<br />

and would agree to limited compliance<br />

or integrity measures and would<br />

annually certify such compliance to the<br />

OIG; and (8) other circumstances, as appropriate.<br />

<strong>The</strong> OIG has deemed self- disclosure<br />

of violating conduct an “important factor”<br />

in the analysis “because detection and<br />

prompt disclosure of potential fraud are evidence<br />

of an effective compliance program.”<br />

Levinson, supra.<br />

<strong>The</strong> OIG cited self- auditing and open<br />

disclosure as the primary reason that it<br />

allowed a Philadelphia hospital system to<br />

operate under a CCA rather than a CIA<br />

in a 2008 settlement agreement. <strong>The</strong> U.S.<br />

attorney handling the case “complimented<br />

the hospital for disclosing the billing discrepancy<br />

found during its own audit” and<br />

confirmed that the OIG could evaluate continuing<br />

compliance “without the need for<br />

a Corporate Integrity Agreement overseen<br />

by the Inspector General.” Keith Phucas,<br />

Mercy Health System Owes Medicare $7.9M,<br />

<strong>The</strong> Times Herald, Aug. 9, 2010.<br />

However, this case appears to be an aberration,<br />

or at least an example of the OIG’s<br />

insistence on inflating the importance of<br />

self- reporting at the expense of the other<br />

factors that Levinson had outlined in 2001.<br />

An analysis of the settlement agreements<br />

posted on the OIG website indicates that<br />

the agency may not be making a concerted<br />

effort to craft settlement agreements on<br />

case-by-case bases: only about 10 percent<br />

of the settlements in recent years involved<br />

CCAs. <strong>The</strong> majority involved standard<br />

CIAs that generally involved some sort of<br />

monitoring requirement. See Corporate<br />

Integrity Agreement Documents, Office of<br />

Inspector General, U.S. Dep’t of Health and<br />

Human Serv.<br />

Impact on Providers<br />

<strong>The</strong> CIA requirements are burdensome to<br />

the average health care provider in ways<br />

that CCA requirements are not, so the OIG’s<br />

reflexive tendency to implement CIAs has<br />

serious ramifications for the industry. CIAs<br />

typically involve an outsider coming in to<br />

monitor day-to-day operations within a<br />

company. <strong>The</strong> decisions that this independent<br />

monitor makes may not be in the best<br />

interest of the corporation and may not<br />

align with the interests of management, employees,<br />

or shareholders. Finegan, supra, at<br />

662.Yet the company might feel that its position<br />

doesn’t allow it to negotiate the scope<br />

of the monitor’s decision- making authority<br />

or responsibilities within the company<br />

because the monitor can report it as noncompliant.<br />

Corporations surveyed by the<br />

Government Accountability Office (GAO)<br />

for a 2009 report raised this concern. <strong>The</strong><br />

survey focused on FCA prosecution in the<br />

criminal context but discussed some of the<br />

general characteristics of CIAs in general.<br />

See U.S. Gov’t Accountability Office, Corporate<br />

Crime: Preliminary Observations on<br />

DOJ’s Use and Oversight of Deferred Prosecution<br />

and Non- Prosecution Agreements<br />

29 (June 25, 2009).<br />

A CIA also affects a company’s costcontrol<br />

capabilities. Under a CIA a corporation<br />

must pay for however much<br />

monitoring the OIG will require. <strong>The</strong> OIG<br />

can dictate the breadth, scope, and frequency<br />

of audits, as well the monitoring<br />

period duration. Moreover, since a monitor<br />

generally has the leeway to prescribe<br />

its individual role as it designs and implements<br />

a compliance program within a<br />

company, a program can become exceptionally<br />

involved. A monitor may deem it<br />

necessary to attend extra meetings or bring<br />

more monitoring staff on board, for example,<br />

which means extra hours of work and,<br />

therefore, a larger paycheck for the monitor.<br />

One company that the GAO surveyed<br />

said that its monitor “had a large number<br />

of staff assisting him on the engagement,<br />

and he and his staff attended more<br />

meetings than the company felt was nec-


essary, some of which were unrelated to<br />

the monitor responsibilities delineated in<br />

the agreement.” As a result, the costs of the<br />

monitorship were higher than the company<br />

believed that they should have been; but<br />

when the company tried to negotiate the<br />

number of staff and the amount of work at<br />

issue, “the monitor was generally unwilling<br />

to make changes.” U.S. Gov’t Accountability<br />

Office, Corporate Crime, supra, at<br />

28 (June 2009).<br />

Monitors are paid hourly fees, which<br />

can range anywhere from $125 to $895. See<br />

U.S. Gov’t Accountability Office, Corporate<br />

Crime: Prosecutors Adhered to Guidance in<br />

Selecting Monitors for Deferred Prosecution<br />

Agreements, but DOJ Could Better Communicate<br />

its Role in Resolving Conflicts (Nov.<br />

19, 2009). Health care consultants say that it<br />

is difficult to estimate how much a monitorship<br />

would cost because some CIAs require<br />

more extensive reviews or more frequent<br />

reports than others, which, in turn, affects<br />

the number of hours required to complete<br />

them. <strong>The</strong> GAO surveyed a number of companies<br />

involved in CIA settlements in the<br />

criminal context and found that the costs<br />

for those tended to range from $8,000 to<br />

$2.1 million per month. Id. at 15. Total reported<br />

costs for monitorships ranged from<br />

$200,000 to $38.7 million. Id. at 15, n.25.<br />

Onewell- publicized 18-month monitoring<br />

contract between Indiana- based medical<br />

supply company Zimmer Holdings and<br />

former U.S. Attorney General John Ashcroft<br />

in 2008 was reportedly valued at between<br />

$28 and $52 million. Philip Shenon,<br />

Ashcroft Deal Brings Scrutiny in Justice Department,<br />

N.Y. Times, Jan. 10, 2008, at A1.<br />

CIAs in civil settlements probably involve<br />

a similar cost structure.<br />

Conclusion<br />

<strong>The</strong> OIG has promised publicly to consider<br />

a number of criteria when negotiating settlement<br />

agreements in FCA cases. However,<br />

it seems to overemphasize self- reporting<br />

and ignore other factors such as whether<br />

a scrutinized company has already developed<br />

a compliance program and implemented<br />

it. Especially in the wake of the<br />

Patient Protection and Affordable Care<br />

Act, which requires Medicare and Medicaid<br />

providers to develop internal compliance<br />

plans, the OIG should become more<br />

amenable to working with existing compliance<br />

frameworks under CCAs as opposed<br />

to requiring a bottom- up approach that<br />

automatically resorts to CIAs and independent<br />

monitors, or perhaps to settling without<br />

requiring compliance agreements at all.<br />

A more flexible approach by the OIG would<br />

prove more faithful to the criteria that it<br />

has announced and would ultimately be<br />

more appropriate, just, and effective in the<br />

health care marketplace.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Most Timesaving,<br />

Cost-Effective Source<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> Best Experts<br />

Expert referrals<br />

in virtually all<br />

fields, including<br />

unique specialties<br />

Most referrals made<br />

within 24 hours<br />

Independent Consulting<br />

and Testifying Experts<br />

for any stage of your case<br />

Flexibility for budgets<br />

of all sizes<br />

Expert-led webinars and<br />

case-relevant articles on<br />

www.TASAnet.com<br />

Challenge History Report TM 2.0<br />

reveals challenges to expert<br />

testimony, enhancing your case<br />

strategy. Exclusively from TASA.<br />

Technical Advisory Service for Attorneys<br />

800-523-2319<br />

experts@tasanet.com<br />

www.TASAnet.com<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 57


Government Enforcement and Corporate Compliance<br />

<strong>The</strong> Detention<br />

Provisions of the NDAA<br />

for Fiscal Year <strong>2012</strong><br />

By Juliane Balliro<br />

Is It Worth<br />

the Cost<br />

of Liberty<br />

Sections 1031, 1032, and<br />

1033 reflect an ongoing<br />

struggle to balance<br />

protecting our country<br />

from terrorists with<br />

preserving the rights it<br />

has always stood for.<br />

Following the bombing of Pearl Harbor, President Roosevelt<br />

signed an executive order directing that all Americans<br />

of Japanese Ancestry be relocated to camps in the<br />

United States. Pursuant to that order, the newly formed<br />

War Relocation Administration forcibly<br />

relocated and indefinitely detained over<br />

120,000 persons of Japanese descent, including<br />

United States citizens, without<br />

due process. To many American citizens,<br />

it remains an indelible scar on our otherwise<br />

inviolate principles of American liberty<br />

and justice.<br />

In 1950, overriding President Harry Truman’s<br />

veto, Congress enacted the Internal<br />

Security Act (ISA) Title II of the ISA entitled,<br />

the Emergency Detention Act (EDA),<br />

authorized the imprisonment without<br />

charge or trial of American citizens and<br />

non- citizens considered likely to commit espionage<br />

or sabotage. <strong>The</strong> EDA was never apparently<br />

used, but amid fears that surfaced<br />

during the 1960s that it could be used to detain<br />

civil rights activists, President Richard<br />

Nixon repealed the EDA by signing the<br />

Non- Detention Act of 1971 (Act). <strong>The</strong> Act<br />

provides that, “No citizen shall be imprisoned<br />

or otherwise detained by the United<br />

States except pursuant to an Act of Congress.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> Act reflected a desire on the part<br />

of Congress and the administration to ensure<br />

that the denial of liberty experienced<br />

by Japanese Americans during World War II<br />

could not be repeated. <strong>The</strong> provisions of the<br />

Non- Detention Act of 1971 have remained<br />

undisturbed for 40 years.<br />

In the context of litigation that followed<br />

in the aftermath of the 911 attacks, the<br />

Bush Administration took the position that<br />

the Act did not apply to military detention<br />

of enemy combatants during a time<br />

of war. However, that view of the Act was<br />

dismissed in a paper written by the Congressional<br />

Research Service addressed to<br />

the U.S. Senate in April of 2005. After conducting<br />

an exhaustive analysis of the legislative<br />

history and debates surrounding the<br />

Non- Detention Act of 1971, the authors of<br />

the report concluded as follows:<br />

Legislative debate, committee reports,<br />

and the political context of 1971 indicate<br />

that when Congress enacted [the<br />

Act] it intended the statutory language<br />

■ Juliane Balliro is a partner in Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough’s Boston office who has been trying cases in the areas of<br />

white collar criminal defense and employment law for nearly 30 years. Ms. Balliro represents companies, executives, and individuals<br />

in complex business, employment, and criminal cases. Ms. Balliro has tried in excess of 100 cases in various state and federal<br />

courts and has authored and argued dozens of appeals. She is a member of the steering committee of <strong>DRI</strong>’s Government<br />

Enforcement and Corporate Compliance Committee.<br />

58 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong>


to restrict all detentions by the executive<br />

branch, nor merely those by the<br />

Attorney General. Lawmakers, both<br />

supporters and opponents of [the Act],<br />

recognized that it would restrict the<br />

President and military authorities.<br />

See Detention of U.S. Citizens, Louis Fisher,<br />

CRS Report <strong>For</strong> Congress, April 28, 2005.<br />

Now, 40 years after the passage of the<br />

Act, citizens and non- citizens alike face,<br />

once again, the prospect of imprisonment<br />

without due process or trial. <strong>The</strong> 112th<br />

Congress has passed, and President Obama<br />

has signed, the National <strong>Defense</strong> Authorization<br />

Act for Fiscal Year <strong>2012</strong> (NDAA).<br />

<strong>The</strong> detention provisions of three sections<br />

of the NDAA, Sections 1031, 1032 and 1033,<br />

have ignited a firestorm of criticism from<br />

the left, the right, and the military.<br />

Section 1031<br />

Section 1031, entitled “Authority to Detain<br />

Unprivileged Enemy Belligerents Captured<br />

Pursuant to the Authorization for<br />

Use of Military <strong>For</strong>ce,” provides in general<br />

that the “Armed <strong>For</strong>ces” are “authorized”<br />

to “detain covered persons captured in<br />

the course of hostilities authorized by the<br />

Authorization for Use of Military <strong>For</strong>ce”<br />

as “unprivileged belligerents pending disposition<br />

under the law of war.” Although<br />

Section 1031 purports to address the detention<br />

of so-called unprivileged enemy belligerents,<br />

the NDAA does not define the<br />

term. <strong>For</strong> that definition one must look to<br />

in the Military Commission Act of 2009<br />

(2009 MCA). <strong>The</strong>re the term is defined as<br />

an individual who (1) has engaged in hostilities<br />

against the United States or its coalition<br />

partners; or, (2) has purposefully and<br />

materially supported hostilities against the<br />

United States or its coalition partners.<br />

”Covered Person”<br />

A “covered person” under Section 1031 includes,<br />

(1) persons who planned, authorized,<br />

committed, or aided the terrorist<br />

attacks that occurred on September 11,<br />

2001, or harbored those responsible for<br />

those attacks, or (2) a person who was a<br />

part of or substantially supported Al-Qaeda,<br />

the Taliban, or associated forces that<br />

are engaged in hostilities against the United<br />

States or its coalition partners, including<br />

any person who has committed a belligerent<br />

act or has directly supported such hostilities<br />

in aid of such enemy forces. Subsection<br />

1 is reminiscent of the authority Congress<br />

extended to the President under the Authorization<br />

for Use of Military <strong>For</strong>ce Against<br />

Terrorists Act (AUMFA) passed shortly after<br />

the September 11 attacks. <strong>The</strong> AUMFA<br />

authorized the President to use all necessary<br />

and appropriate force against those<br />

nations, organizations, or persons he determined<br />

planned, authorized, committed,<br />

or aided the terrorist attacks that occurred<br />

on September 11, 2001, or harbored such<br />

organizations or persons. However, by including<br />

in the definition of a “covered person”<br />

under the NDAA those responsible for<br />

the 911 attacks, persons who may have “harbored”<br />

those responsible for the 911 attacks<br />

and persons who were a part of Al-Qaeda,<br />

without regard to time or scope, Congress<br />

intends to extend unprecedented authority<br />

to detain indefinitely to the U.S. Military.<br />

Unlike under the 2009 MCA or the AUMFA,<br />

under Section 1031 one could fall under suspicion<br />

of harboring a person responsible for<br />

the September 11 attacks without proof that<br />

he or she was even aware of that person’s<br />

connection to the event. A parent, sibling,<br />

grandparent, or spouse could all be subject<br />

to indefinite detention if, for example, they<br />

allowed a relative suspected of having been<br />

part of Al-Qaeda to reside in their home after<br />

911, even if the other family members<br />

were completely unaware of the suspect’s<br />

activities and the suspect had abandoned<br />

his affiliation with Al-Qaeda years before<br />

the 911 attacks. Similarly, a person could<br />

be detained indefinitely under Section 1031<br />

based upon a fleeting affiliation with Al-<br />

Qaeda that was terminated years, even decades,<br />

before any attack against the United<br />

States or its coalition partners.<br />

Disposition Under Law of War<br />

Disposition under law of war may include,<br />

(1) long term detention under the law of<br />

war without trial until the end of hostilities<br />

against the nations, organizations, and persons<br />

subject to the Authorization for Use of<br />

Military <strong>For</strong>ce, (2) military trial, (3) transfer<br />

for trial to an alternative court or competent<br />

tribunal having lawful jurisdiction<br />

or (4) transfer to the custody or control of a<br />

foreign country or foreign entity.<br />

One obvious difficulty with this section<br />

of the Act is that the only trigger for the<br />

release of detainees is the “end of hostilities…”<br />

against the United States and any<br />

of its coalition partners. Since it is unlikely<br />

that “hostilities” in the war on terror will<br />

ever come to an end, detainees could face<br />

the prospect of life in prison, perhaps in a<br />

foreign land, never having been afforded<br />

anything other than administrative review<br />

(where habeas corpus does not apply) of<br />

their classification as an unprivileged<br />

Even an American<br />

citizen may be subject<br />

to the nefarious practice<br />

of “extraordinary<br />

rendition,” detention, and<br />

military commissions.<br />

enemy belligerent. Even where habeas corpus<br />

proceedings are available to detainees,<br />

the right to an adversarial proceeding can<br />

be substantially delayed, the rules favor<br />

admission of evidence to support detention<br />

and the detainee has limited access to<br />

evidence upon which detention is based.<br />

Although few would quarrel with the<br />

use of legislative tools designed to bring<br />

the perpetrators of the 911 attack to justice,<br />

Section 1031 extends well beyond that<br />

noble purpose. It is clear from a reading of<br />

Section 1031 that, if passed in its current<br />

form, it would provide legislative authority<br />

for the indefinite detention of any person<br />

upon minimal proof of involvement<br />

in terrorism, without charge or trial, until<br />

the end of the war on terror. <strong>The</strong>re are<br />

no geographical limits as to the place of<br />

detention and no express limitation on the<br />

use of coercive methods to extract confessions.<br />

United States citizens are protected<br />

against such extreme measures as “extraordinary<br />

rendition” only if the conduct took<br />

place within the United States” except to<br />

the extent permitted by the Constitution<br />

of the United States.” Thus, even an American<br />

citizen may be subject to the nefarious<br />

practice of “extraordinary rendition,”<br />

detention, and military commissions. <strong>The</strong><br />

result—little more than suspicion of terror-<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 59


Government Enforcement and Corporate Compliance<br />

ism or suspicion of failing to report another<br />

person suspected of terrorism—could subject<br />

American citizens to extraordinary<br />

rendition, extreme isolation, and virtually<br />

unlimited detention without anything<br />

more than a hearing at which the Government<br />

may be required to show only by a<br />

mere preponderance of the evidence based<br />

on hearsay evidence to which the suspect<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is no correlation<br />

between lighter sentences<br />

or failed prosecutions<br />

and the preservation<br />

of civil rights for those<br />

charged with terrorism by<br />

trial in a civilian court.<br />

has limited access that the detention is<br />

lawful.<br />

Section 1032<br />

Section 1032 entitled, “Required Military<br />

Custody <strong>For</strong> members of Al-Qaeda and<br />

Affiliated Entities,” confronts the highly<br />

charged and now politicized issue whether<br />

suspected terrorists should be detained<br />

and/or tried in a military or civilian court.<br />

Absent a “Waiver for National Security,”<br />

Section 1032 requires that the Armed<br />

<strong>For</strong>ces hold, “in military custody as an<br />

unprivileged enemy belligerent pending<br />

disposition under the law of war,” any person<br />

“who is determined to be “a member or<br />

part of al-Qaeda” or an affiliate entity” and<br />

who is “a participant in the course of planning<br />

or carrying out an attack or attempted<br />

attack against the United States or its coalition<br />

partners” or who falls within the definition<br />

of a “covered person” under Section<br />

1031 (b). See, Section 1032(a)(2). Disposition<br />

under the law of war under Section<br />

1032 has the meaning given in Section<br />

1031 (c), except that no transfer to a foreign<br />

entity shall take place under Section<br />

1032 unless such transfer is consistent<br />

with Section 1033. See, Section 1032 (a)(3).<br />

60 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

<strong>The</strong> waiver provisions of Section 1032 are<br />

onerous and require that the Secretary of<br />

<strong>Defense</strong>, in consultation with the Secretary<br />

of State and the Director of National Intelligence,<br />

submit to Congress a certification<br />

in writing that the waiver is in the national<br />

security interests of the United States. See,<br />

Section 1032 (a)(4). Under this section, the<br />

requirement to detain a person in military<br />

custody does not extend to US citizens. See,<br />

1032(b).<br />

Opponents of Section 1032 argue that<br />

the mandatory military detention of suspected<br />

terrorists deprives the U.S. government<br />

of valuable and proven law<br />

enforcement tools to combat terrorism.<br />

FBI and the CIA investigations and interrogations<br />

have produced a treasure trove of<br />

detailed information about terrorist activities,<br />

including planned attacks on U.S.<br />

soil. Prosecutions under the civilian criminal<br />

justice system boast a 90 percent conviction<br />

rate and have yielded hundreds<br />

of convictions and lengthy prison sentences,<br />

while military commissions have<br />

only yielded a total of three convictions, including<br />

one guilty plea. Opponents of the<br />

law argue that the criminal justice system<br />

offers a wide variety of federal laws that<br />

criminalize terrorist behavior and provide<br />

serious penalties, including the death penalty,<br />

for most forms of terrorism. Retaining<br />

the option to use those tools and to treating<br />

terrorism suspects as “common criminals”<br />

allows both the civilian and military<br />

authorities to deprive them of the elevated<br />

status often associated with the terrorist<br />

moniker. Federal courthouses are well<br />

equipped to handle high profile and high<br />

security defendants. Indeed, there has not<br />

been a single instance in which a criminal<br />

prosecution of a terrorist suspect in a federal<br />

court has resulted in injury, escape, or<br />

other security breach. Incarceration of convicted<br />

terrorists has also occurred without<br />

incident and pre-trial detention has been<br />

unaffected by the controversy surrounding<br />

detention at Guantanamo Bay.<br />

Supporters of Section 1032 seek to<br />

deprive accused terrorists of certain constitutional<br />

rights, such as Miranda rights,<br />

the right to an attorney and the right to a<br />

speedy trial, that are available to terrorism<br />

suspects who are prosecuted through<br />

our civilian courts. Miranda warnings<br />

often become the focal point of the debate<br />

on this issue with opponents arguing that<br />

confessions obtained through the use of<br />

techniques such as waterboarding are fast<br />

and reliable and thus should be admissible<br />

against terrorism suspects—a prospect<br />

that would be impossible within the confines<br />

of the criminal justice system, even<br />

at a preliminary proceeding, to determine<br />

whether continued detention is appropriate.<br />

Supporters take the position that<br />

treating terrorists as common criminals<br />

elevates their status because it affords them<br />

access to constitutional protections that<br />

they do not deserve. Our criminal justice<br />

system, supporters argue, is not set up to<br />

deal with the sensitive intelligence issues<br />

that frequently occur in connection with<br />

terrorism prosecutions and the trials that<br />

result subject our communities to the risk<br />

and expense associated with the need for<br />

heightened security measures. Incarcerating<br />

terrorists in our federal prison system<br />

can also create a breeding ground for<br />

domestic terrorists.<br />

<strong>For</strong>tunately, both the passage of time<br />

and the number of successful civilian prosecutions<br />

to date reveal that Miranda warnings<br />

have apparently not been the barrier<br />

to the extraction of information that proponents<br />

of Section 1032 have suggested.<br />

FBI investigators have proven to be effective<br />

in investigating, capturing, interrogating,<br />

and convicting accused terrorists<br />

while preserving the basic rights attendant<br />

to civilian proceedings. In addition, there<br />

is no correlation between lighter sentences<br />

or failed prosecutions and the preservation<br />

of civil rights for those charged with<br />

terrorism by trial in a civilian court. To<br />

the contrary, the high prosecution success<br />

rate and the long sentences that have been<br />

imposed support the contention that civilian<br />

prosecutions further the goal of severe<br />

punishment.<br />

Section 1033<br />

Section 1033 is designed to prevent the<br />

repatriation of Guantanamo detainees by<br />

depriving the defense department of the<br />

financial resources needed to do so. Under<br />

this section, no detainee shall be transferred<br />

to a foreign entity unless a written<br />

certification made by the Secretary of<br />

<strong>Defense</strong>, with the concurrence of the Secretary<br />

of State and in consultation with<br />

Detention, continued on page 70


Think Globally<br />

Developments in the Class Action Landscape<br />

<strong>For</strong>um Shopping North of the Border<br />

By Lisa D. Parliament and Myriam Seers<br />

Until relatively recently, Canada may have been considered<br />

an “afterthought” jurisdiction for the class actions<br />

bar—a jurisdiction where plaintiffs filed class actions<br />

only as a “follow- on” to or “copycat” of related U.S. proceedings.<br />

Recently, however, the landscape has changed.<br />

<strong>The</strong> plaintiffs’ class action bar is aggressive, experienced<br />

and entrepreneurial. Canadian class action lawsuits<br />

have dramatically expanded in number and scope. Perhaps<br />

more significantly, plaintiffs’ attorneys increasingly<br />

file proposed class and proceed to certification in Canada<br />

ahead of parallel proceedings in other jurisdictions.<br />

Canada’s attractiveness as a class action destination<br />

appears to be growing. It is easy to identify possible reasons<br />

for the change. <strong>The</strong>se include the broad availability<br />

of class proceedings, the relative ease of achieving certification,<br />

the courts’ receptiveness to novel or untested<br />

causes of action, the possibility of broad national and<br />

even international classes, potential third-party funding<br />

to counteract adverse costs awards suffered by plaintiffs,<br />

and legislatively expanded rights of civil action, all<br />

discussed below.<br />

Class proceedings are available in each Canadian<br />

jurisdiction with leave of the court. Any legal person<br />

can commence a proposed class proceeding as long as<br />

the person can satisfy the criteria for certification. <strong>The</strong><br />

threshold for certification is relatively low, and the criteria<br />

for certification are largely the same in all Canadian<br />

jurisdictions except Quebec: (1) the claim must disclose<br />

a cause of action, (2) there must be an identifiable class<br />

of two or more persons, (3) the claims of class members<br />

must raise common issues, (4) a class action must be the<br />

preferable procedure for resolution of those common<br />

issues, and (5) the proposed representative plaintiff must<br />

be capable of adequately representing the class. Quebec<br />

does not have a formal “preferability” requirement.<br />

In key jurisdictions such as Ontario, a plaintiff does<br />

not have to show that common issues predominate.<br />

Instead, the test for certification requires the plaintiff to<br />

show that a case has common issues that would advance<br />

the litigation in a meaningful way.<br />

Canadian courts typically hesitate to strike novel<br />

causes of action before trials. As a result, several Canadian<br />

courts have certified class actions raising novel<br />

or “emerging” causes of action or claims even though<br />

whether such claims even exist under Canadian law remains<br />

debatable. <strong>For</strong> example, Canadian courts now almost<br />

routinely certify “waiver of tort” claims in product<br />

liability cases even though Canadian law has never recognized<br />

waiver of tort in this context. Serhan Estate v. Johnson<br />

& Johnson (2006), 85 OR (3d) 665 (Div Ct), Pollack v.<br />

Advanced Medical Optics, 2011 ONSC 1966. Claims based<br />

on waiver of tort pursue “restitution” of benefits allegedly<br />

received by a defendant as a result of a defendant’s<br />

impugned conduct rather than compensatory damages<br />

calculated based on the plaintiffs’ alleged losses. <strong>The</strong><br />

quantified profit enjoyed by a defendant arising from an<br />

alleged wrong, the plaintiffs’ bar has argued, constitutes<br />

a common issue. In many cases, it appears obvious that a<br />

plaintiffs’ attorney simply invokes “waiver of tort” to attempt<br />

to minimize the significance of individual issues to<br />

increase the likelihood that a court will certify the class.<br />

Attorneys now frequently commence Canadian class<br />

actions on behalf of national and even international proposed<br />

classes. Several Canadian jurisdictions will even<br />

permit classes to include “foreign” class members on<br />

“opt-out” bases.<br />

Recently, for instance, Ontario courts certified securities<br />

class actions involving global classes of investors.<br />

In deciding that they had jurisdiction over the<br />

claims of non- Canadian investors as part of proposed<br />

“global” classes, the courts found “real and substantial<br />

connection[s]” existed between those claims and<br />

Ontario, largely because the issuers’ offices were in<br />

Ontario, the documents allegedly containing misrepresentations<br />

were prepared in Ontario and the securities<br />

were listed in Ontario. Silver v. Imax Corp., 2009 CarswellOnt<br />

7873 (SCJ); Ainslie v. Afexa Life Sciences, 2010<br />

ONSC 4294.<br />

Canada does not have a formal multidistrict litigation<br />

structure similar to the multidistrict litigation structure<br />

available in the United States. As a result, the introduction<br />

of national and global class actions has resulted in<br />

■■<br />

Lisa D. Parliament is a partner, and Myriam Seers is an associate, in McMillan<br />

LLP’s Litigation and Dispute Resolution Group practicing from the firm’s Toronto,<br />

Canada office. With expertise in product liability and class action defense, Ms.<br />

Parliament regularly advises leading companies on multi- jurisdictional coordination<br />

and cross-border issues, risk assessment and management, and litigation<br />

management. She is a member of <strong>DRI</strong>. Ms. Seers has experience acting for clients<br />

in a wide range of commercial litigation and arbitration matters with particular<br />

experience assisting clients in the natural resources, automotive, aviation, overlapping class actions in several provinces purportmanufacturing,<br />

and financial services industries. Think Globally, continued on page 69<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 61


<strong>Defense</strong> Ethics and Professionalism<br />

Seven Legal Sins<br />

Lessons from Mohandas Gandhi, Esq.<br />

By Winston N. Harless<br />

Mohandas Gandhi was a masterful wordsmith. He<br />

crafted succinct and powerfully instructive statements<br />

for those willing to listen and learn such as, “Live simply<br />

so others may simply live,” and “An eye for an eye<br />

makes the whole world go blind.” Given that Gandhi<br />

first attempted to champion civil rights while he was an<br />

expatriate lawyer in South Africa, lawyers might well<br />

consider the lessons that we may glean from his words.<br />

In one of his more expansive statements, Gandhi identified<br />

with distinct and efficient clarity the seven sins<br />

found in the world. Gandhi observed, “<strong>The</strong>re are seven<br />

sins in the world: Wealth without work, pleasure without<br />

conscience, knowledge without character, commerce<br />

without morality, science without humanity, worship<br />

without sacrifice, and politics without principle.” Similar<br />

to the dramatic style of that legendary filmmaker,<br />

Alfred Hitchcock—exposing danger in the most unlikely<br />

of places or situations—Gandhi exposes the dangers<br />

that lurk in otherwise commendable attributes or pursuits.<br />

With apologies to Gandhi, a practical translation<br />

or paraphrasing of these observations may disclose to<br />

lawyers at least seven legal sins that lurk in our world.<br />

In the legal arena, we might paraphrase Gandhi’s<br />

“wealth without work” best as “billing without work.”<br />

Billing time that does not accurately reflect actual work<br />

performed is unethical whether it takes form as inflating<br />

an estimate of time spent on a task, taking credit<br />

for work actually performed by a subordinate, or billing<br />

a client for tasks that the client might expect a lawyer<br />

to perform but which a lawyer never performed. In<br />

so doing, a lawyer not only cheats a client, but he or she<br />

also cheats that lawyer’s partners and co- workers, particularly<br />

if the lawyer’s firm bases compensation on<br />

performance related to originations and collections.<br />

Unfortunately, this problem has long existed and likely<br />

will persist, but ethical lawyers resist the temptation of<br />

this legal sin.<br />

We might paraphrase Gandhi’s “pleasure without<br />

conscience” best as “winning without conscience.”<br />

■■<br />

Winston N. Harless is a shareholder in Lewis, King, Krieg & Waldrop, P.C., who<br />

practices primarily from the firm’s Nashville, Tennessee, office. He has practiced<br />

mainly in the areas of commercial litigation, insurance coverage and defense, professional<br />

liability, and education law. He has served on the <strong>DRI</strong> Lawyers’ Professionalism<br />

and Ethics Committee Steering Committee for six years, including as its<br />

publications chair for the last three years, and he currently serves as the committee<br />

vice chair. Ethics, continued on page<br />

pro bono, become active in nonprofit organizations, vol-<br />

68<br />

62 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

Whether improperly withholding damaging information<br />

from an opponent, purposely failing to disclose the<br />

holding of an obscure but clearly dispositive case to a<br />

court, improperly coaching a client during a break during<br />

a deposition or a trial, or purposely presenting facts<br />

not admitted as evidence during a final argument, the<br />

win-at-all-costs mentality has certainly tainted the noble<br />

profession of law.<br />

Similar to the twist of Gandhi’s second “sin,” we<br />

might paraphrase his “knowledge without character”<br />

best as “advocacy without character.” In this age when<br />

so many take the position that your character doesn’t<br />

matter as long as you perform, we lawyers would serve<br />

ourselves well to remember one of the dreams of Gandhi<br />

acolyte Martin Luther King Jr. He expressed the hope<br />

that we would one day “live in a nation where” we would<br />

properly judge people by “the content of their character.”<br />

Although King exhorted us to judge based on character<br />

rather than the color of someone’s skin, exemplifying<br />

good character is a national ideal. In many ways, a<br />

lawyer is a public figure and emissary of the profession<br />

and, as such, should act accordingly to exemplify good<br />

character.<br />

Gandhi’s fourth sin—“commerce without morality”—doesn’t<br />

need paraphrasing to hold true in the<br />

legal world. When a lawyer’s primary question or concern<br />

about a case is, “How can I work this file to create<br />

more fees,” rather than, “What can I do to resolve this<br />

case most efficiently and effectively for the benefit of my<br />

client,” then Gandhi’s observation rings true.<br />

Although a bit of a stretch, we might liken Gandhi’s<br />

fifth sin of “science without humanity” to “technical<br />

expertise without humanity.” Lawyers pride themselves<br />

on their practiced skills, whether writing expertise, witness<br />

interrogation, or oral presentation in court. <strong>The</strong>se<br />

skills are appropriate to desire and to achieve. Nonetheless,<br />

who among us has not witnessed these same “skills”<br />

used to vent personal attacks, convey professional disrespect,<br />

or demonstrate unprofessional conduct toward<br />

a witness, an opposing party, or an opposing attorney<br />

Gandhi clearly exposes hypocrisy through his sin of<br />

“worship without sacrifice.” In the legal realm, lawyers<br />

must not accept the personal benefits and rewards of<br />

their profession without giving service to others—the<br />

legal sin of “prestige without service.” Whether we work


I attend educational seminars, but I need more. I need<br />

a network of like-minded defense practitioners who<br />

can help me grow my practice. I value timely<br />

resources and quality publications. I want an advocate<br />

to serve my interests exclusively.<br />

Get involved.<br />

www.dri.org


Apex Doctrine, from page 11<br />

a deposition, the party seeking the deposition<br />

must show that the officer possesses<br />

“unique” or “superior” knowledge of the<br />

information sought.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Alcatel court did attempt to define<br />

what “unique” or “superior” knowledge<br />

means. In Alcatel, the party seeking to<br />

depose the high- ranking corporate official<br />

presented fact evidence to the court to demonstrate<br />

that the official could have had discoverable<br />

information. In re Alcatel USA,<br />

Inc., 11 S.W.3d at 179. But the court found<br />

that the Crown Central guidelines required<br />

more than merely discoverable information.<br />

“It requires,” the court stated, “that<br />

the person to be deposed arguably have<br />

unique or superior personal knowledge of<br />

discoverable information.” Merely showing<br />

that a high-level executive has some knowledge<br />

of discoverable information will not<br />

satisfy this requirement. Operating under<br />

a “some knowledge” standard would make<br />

the apex deposition meaningless.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Alcatel court concluded by noting<br />

that although Crown Central did not elaborate<br />

on what makes knowledge unique or<br />

superior, “there must be some showing beyond<br />

mere relevance, such as evidence that<br />

a high-level executive is the only person<br />

with personal knowledge of the information<br />

sought or that the executive arguably possesses<br />

relevant knowledge greater in quality<br />

or quantity than other available sources.”<br />

“Less Intrusive” Methods<br />

A fundamental premise of the apex doctrine<br />

is that deposing a high- ranking corporate<br />

official is unnecessary because the<br />

same or similar information is available<br />

through “less intrusive” means such as<br />

written interrogatories directed to the<br />

specific information, or deposing other<br />

employees who may have similar information.<br />

<strong>For</strong> example, before compelling Lee<br />

Iacocca to submit to a deposition the plaintiffs<br />

had to propound written interrogatories<br />

to him on the specific issues that they<br />

would cover if they deposed him. Mulvey,<br />

106 F.R.D. at 366. <strong>The</strong> plaintiffs could only<br />

apply to take an oral deposition after submitting<br />

these interrogatories and demonstrating<br />

that the answers were insufficient.<br />

While conducting discovery through<br />

less intrusive means than a deposition<br />

increases the likelihood that a party can<br />

64 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

make a high- ranking corporate officer<br />

appear for deposition, it doesn’t mean that<br />

a court will compel it. Some courts have<br />

held that merely completing some less<br />

intrusive discovery does not automatically<br />

confer a right to depose a high- ranking<br />

corporate official. In re Daisy, No 99-0500,<br />

2000 Tex. Lexis 37, at *8 (Tex. April 13,<br />

2000). What a court decides will depend on<br />

the discovery results and whether the court<br />

believes that relevant information remains<br />

undiscovered that only the high-level corporate<br />

officer has, or if he or she should provide<br />

a deposition for other reasons.<br />

Not Widely Adopted<br />

Despite numerous court decisions supportively<br />

applying the apex doctrine, courts<br />

have not widely adopted it at this point in<br />

time. Reviewing the available case law indicates<br />

that only a few select jurisdictions<br />

have adopted it, in particular, the state<br />

courts of California and Texas. In other<br />

jurisdictions, the doctrine has been treated<br />

less favorably.<br />

In State ex rel. <strong>For</strong>d Motor Company v.<br />

Messina, the Supreme Court of Missouri<br />

unequivocally would not apply the apex<br />

doctrine to block an effort to depose several<br />

top <strong>For</strong>d Motor Company executives. 71<br />

S.W.3d 602, 607 (Mo. 2002). <strong>The</strong> court held<br />

that while opposing litigants may not use<br />

a burdensome deposition as a bargaining<br />

chip, under Missouri law, parties may depose<br />

top-level executives who have discoverable<br />

information. However, a court should<br />

consider whether a deposition proponent<br />

has pursued other methods of discovery, the<br />

proponent’s need for the deposition, and the<br />

burden, expense, annoyance, and oppression<br />

to the organization and the proposed<br />

deponent that the deposition would cause.<br />

In Thomas v. International Business<br />

Machines, the court declined to apply<br />

the apex doctrine when a party sought to<br />

depose the chair of the board of directors<br />

of IBM. 48 F.3d 478 (10th Cir. 1995). <strong>The</strong><br />

chair’s opposing affidavit argued several<br />

grounds, among them that (1) the deposition<br />

would take place in Oklahoma City<br />

instead of the principal place of business,<br />

White Plains, New York; (2) the plaintiff<br />

had not deposed any other IBM personnel;<br />

(3) the chair had submitted an affidavit<br />

stating that he lacked personal knowledge<br />

of the pertinent facts material to the plain-<br />

tiff’s claim; (4) nothing in the appellate<br />

record showed that the corporate defendant<br />

had failed to make available for deposition<br />

those corporate employees with knowledge<br />

of the pertinent facts material to the plaintiff’s<br />

claim; and (5) the deposition would<br />

cause “severe hardship” because the scheduled<br />

deposition conflicted with the chair’s<br />

specific duties. Thomas, 48 F.3d at 483.<br />

However, while neither <strong>For</strong>d Motor Company<br />

nor Thomas applied the apex doctrine,<br />

they did recognize that deposing a<br />

corporate official could be unduly burdensome<br />

and oppressive under certain circumstances.<br />

See Crest Infiniti, II, LP, 174 P.3d at<br />

996. Similarly, while the Supreme Court of<br />

Oklahoma recently declined to apply the<br />

apex doctrine when two company executives<br />

sought protection by invoking it,<br />

the court did acknowledge that protective<br />

orders in such circumstances could be<br />

appropriate while also refusing to shift the<br />

burden to the party seeking the discovery<br />

to demonstrate a deposition’s necessity.<br />

And recently, a decision from the Michigan<br />

Court of Appeals applied the apex doctrine,<br />

albeit in an opinion with a strongly<br />

worded dissent sharply criticizing the doctrine<br />

in several ways, including that it violated<br />

the principle of equality under the<br />

law: “I wish to make clear my belief that<br />

high- ranking corporate officers should be<br />

held to the same civil discovery standards<br />

as any other deponent, witness, or party.<br />

Indeed, I believe that our law demands<br />

this.” Alberto, 796 N.W.2d at 502.<br />

Conclusion<br />

Counsel representing large companies<br />

and institutions face pressures from many<br />

fronts, including the threat that an aggressive<br />

opposing counsel will attempt to gain<br />

leverage in a lawsuit to achieve a settlement<br />

by threatening to depose one or more<br />

high-level corporate officers. While courts<br />

have not widely accepted the apex doctrine,<br />

defense counsel have used it effectively in<br />

certain jurisdictions to thwart unnecessary<br />

depositions. When raised under the appropriate<br />

circumstances, the apex doctrine<br />

forces all sides to examine the actual necessity<br />

of the deposition, challenges the party<br />

seeking the deposition to present goodfaith<br />

arguments to a court that it needs the<br />

deposition, and prevents a litigant from<br />

using it to gain leverage in the litigation


or to harass the top brass of an opponent.<br />

Raising apex doctrine arguments in<br />

a motion for a protective order at a minimum<br />

alerts a court to the circumstances<br />

and increases the chances that under Federal<br />

Rule of Civil Procedure 26 or a corresponding<br />

state rule a court will limit the<br />

time, scope, or duration of the deposition,<br />

or order that it not occur at all.<br />

Dram Shop Laws, from page 43<br />

did not know the person was a habitual<br />

addict and/or that the service was not a<br />

proximate cause of the injuries.<br />

Blood Alcohol Content Evidence<br />

In cases involving motor vehicle accidents,<br />

police often will conduct tests to determine<br />

the blood- alcohol content of anyone<br />

whom they suspect drove under the<br />

influence of alcohol (DUI). Accordingly, a<br />

tortfeasor’s blood- alcohol content at a particular<br />

point in time often is known. Courtesy<br />

of CSI and similar television shows,<br />

the public has been misled to believe that<br />

forensic testing is infallible and conclusive.<br />

This misunderstanding can make a tortfeasor’s<br />

blood- alcohol content devastating to<br />

a defense. Blood- alcohol content changes<br />

significantly over time. It takes 30 to 180<br />

minutes for a person to “fully absorb” the<br />

alcohol that he or she consumes, depending<br />

largely on how much food he or she<br />

had in his or her stomach. Thus, a person<br />

may become impaired after leaving an<br />

establishment or a house. This is problematic<br />

because the issue in dram shop cases<br />

revolves around a tortfeasor’s condition at<br />

the time of service or drinking.<br />

Plaintiffs’ attorneys often hire experts<br />

to estimate “blood- alcohol content at the<br />

time of service, sometimes describing this<br />

as “relating blood- alcohol content back<br />

to the time of service,” through a process<br />

called “retrograde extrapolation” to establish<br />

relevance. This process, however, is far<br />

from perfect. To reach a reasonable opinion,<br />

experts need information about<br />

• A drinker’s sex, age, height, and weight;<br />

• <strong>The</strong> time that he or she started and<br />

stopped drinking;<br />

• <strong>The</strong> drinking pattern;<br />

• <strong>The</strong> type of alcohol that the drinker consumed<br />

and the amounts that he or she<br />

consumed of each type; and<br />

• <strong>The</strong> time and the amount of food that<br />

the drinker consumed.<br />

Even with this information, enough uncertainty<br />

remains that honest experts typically<br />

express their opinions using broad ranges.<br />

Regardless of whether an expert testifies<br />

on and estimates blood- alcohol content<br />

at the time of service, defense counsel<br />

should move to exclude blood- alcohol content<br />

results. In cases in which someone<br />

drank quickly, drank right before leaving,<br />

when a significant amount of time<br />

elapsed between the time of drinking and<br />

the time of the test, or any combinations of<br />

the three, counsel has a reasonable chance<br />

of prevailing. Additionally, defense counsel<br />

should move to exclude mentioning the<br />

.08 legal limit for criminal liability. <strong>The</strong><br />

legal limit has no probative value and, after<br />

years of public service advertisements,<br />

most jurors probably believe that everyone<br />

over the legal limit was substantially<br />

and visibly intoxicated or inappropriately<br />

served by an establishment per se.<br />

In cases in which a tortfeasor’s bloodalcohol<br />

content was never measured scientifically,<br />

a plaintiff’s attorney may<br />

hire experts to estimate the tortfeasor’s<br />

blood- alcohol content based on the factors<br />

described above. In most cases, such estimates<br />

are extremely speculative; in virtually<br />

all cases, defense counsel should move<br />

to exclude them.<br />

Subsequent Remedial Measure Evidence<br />

Many establishments respond to dram<br />

shop suits by changing their procedures or<br />

otherwise imposing subsequent remedial<br />

measures. <strong>Defense</strong> counsel should move to<br />

exclude this evidence.<br />

Other Trial Tactics<br />

In jurisdictions where counsel can question<br />

potential jurors, an attorney must<br />

question prospective jurors about their<br />

attitudes concerning alcohol, alcoholism,<br />

drinkers, bars, and the like. At the very<br />

least, counsel should strongly consider<br />

striking venire persons who do not drink,<br />

think little of those who do, don’t like bars,<br />

and have been involved in incidents with<br />

impaired people, among other things. Ideally,<br />

defense counsel will want least some<br />

jurors who strongly believe in taking personal<br />

responsibility while exercising caution<br />

to avoid exposing such people since<br />

a plaintiff’s counsel surely will attempt to<br />

strike them.<br />

In most cases, defense counsel should<br />

develop a theme centered on personal<br />

responsibility and place blame on a tortfeasor.<br />

<strong>The</strong> argument becomes even stronger<br />

if a plaintiff also was drinking even if the<br />

plaintiff did not cause the accident.<br />

<strong>Defense</strong> counsel also must humanize<br />

an establishment. Jurors need to understand<br />

that businesses and parties are run<br />

or held by people exactly the same as them.<br />

In jurisdictions where engaging in responsible<br />

business practices is a defense, counsel<br />

should emphasize all of the steps that an<br />

establishment took to avoid serving someone<br />

irresponsibly and linking the steps to<br />

the establishment’s commitment to social<br />

responsibility.<br />

As previously noted, an establishment’s<br />

character is irrelevant and inadmissible.<br />

Still, a plaintiff’s counsel will almost assuredly<br />

attempt to paint an establishment as<br />

the Mecca of hedonism. <strong>Defense</strong> counsel<br />

should counter that image by presenting<br />

management and staff or hosts in the most<br />

professional and responsible manner possible<br />

and by introducing photographs of the<br />

establishment showing that it is clean, well<br />

lit, and organized.<br />

Counsel should present as much evidence<br />

as possible showing that the tortfeasor<br />

was not visibly impaired even in<br />

states that prohibit serving habitual addicts<br />

regardless of intoxication level. Even in<br />

these states, jurors are less likely to hold<br />

an establishment responsible if they do not<br />

believe that the establishment knowingly<br />

contributed to the harm.<br />

Conclusion<br />

Laws subject licensees to significant and<br />

varied forms of liability in particular circumstance.<br />

<strong>Defense</strong> counsel can serve their<br />

clients best by familiarizing themselves<br />

with the applicable laws and advising their<br />

clients how they can reduce their risks and<br />

avoid liability, rather than simply handling<br />

claims.<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 65


Port in the Storm, from page 17<br />

and apply to certain matters designated as<br />

complex cases. In designated cases, parties<br />

are required to submit, early in the matter,<br />

a “protocol and schedule for electronic discovery,<br />

including a brief description of any<br />

disputes regarding the scope of electronic<br />

discovery.” This Joint E- Discovery Submission<br />

requires counsel to identify specifically<br />

any “unresolved issues,” including<br />

those relating to preservation; search and<br />

review; source(s) of production; form of<br />

production; identification and inadvertent<br />

production of privileged material; and cost<br />

allocation. Interestingly, it presumes that<br />

the parties “have discussed the obligation<br />

to preserve potentially relevant electronically<br />

stored information and agree to the<br />

following scope and methods for preservation,<br />

including retention of electronic data<br />

and implementation of a data preservation<br />

plan; identification of potentially relevant<br />

data; disclosure of the programs and manner<br />

in which the data is maintained; identification<br />

of computer system utilized; and<br />

identification of the individuals responsible<br />

for data preservation.” <strong>The</strong> order calls<br />

for information on the value of the case and<br />

the specific anticipated costs of e- discovery,<br />

and even inquires as to “the extent to which<br />

the parties have disclosed or have agreed to<br />

disclose the dates, contents, and/or recipients<br />

of ‘litigation hold’ communications.”<br />

<strong>The</strong>se developments highlight the three<br />

“c”s of e- discovery law evolution—complex,<br />

controversial, and constant. <strong>The</strong><br />

mandate of <strong>DRI</strong>’s Electronic Discovery<br />

Committee is to be a port in this storm of<br />

change for all litigants and defense practitioners<br />

seeking guidance in these difficult<br />

areas.<br />

To that end, in this edition of <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong><br />

<strong>Defense</strong>, the committee is pleased to present<br />

series of articles that look critically at<br />

several of these issues and provide helpful<br />

guidance. In “Controlling E- Discovery:<br />

Drafting Effective Records Management<br />

Policies,” <strong>DRI</strong> Electronic Discovery Committee<br />

Vice Chair John J. Jablonski and<br />

Phillip J. Duffy address the elements of an<br />

effective and defensible corporate records<br />

management program, a theme they lectured<br />

on at <strong>DRI</strong>’s 2011 Annual Meeting. <strong>The</strong><br />

article discusses how a well documented<br />

and thoughtful business approach to the<br />

retention, management, and destruction<br />

of business records is often the best defense<br />

to allegations of spoliation when opponents<br />

seek sanctions for missing documents or<br />

electronically stored information.<br />

In “Company- Enabled Technologies,<br />

Social Networking Platforms, and Mobile<br />

Devices: Managing Electronic Discovery<br />

and Compliance Risks,” our committee’s<br />

publications chair, John Martin, and publications<br />

vice chair, Heyward Bonyata, focus<br />

on how new media and media sources<br />

like SharePoint, social networking websites,<br />

e-mail, text messages, Twitter and<br />

the “cloud” have permanently changed the<br />

way today’s employees collaborate, create,<br />

store, and instantly transmit ideas, images,<br />

and information. <strong>The</strong> article discusses how<br />

it is essential to understand both the tremendous<br />

value and significant legal risk<br />

embodied in the new technologies, and<br />

ways to mitigate those risks.<br />

Finally, in their piece entitled “Local<br />

Rules, Procedures and Model Orders: <strong>The</strong><br />

Progress of E- Discovery,” Kym Kochis and<br />

Frank McKnight look at the requirements<br />

and restrictions, pronouncements, and penalties<br />

that courts and judges have enacted<br />

or recommended regarding e- discovery<br />

practice at the local level, in the form of<br />

local rules, recommended or required procedures,<br />

and model orders. <strong>The</strong> article<br />

explores the different approaches taken to<br />

provide guidance on this subject, including<br />

requirements mandating early discussion<br />

and negotiation, restrictions on<br />

the scope of e- discovery and guidance on<br />

cost-shifting<br />

As always, you can find additional guidance<br />

in articles published by committee<br />

members and guest experts in future editions<br />

of <strong>DRI</strong>’s In-House <strong>Defense</strong> Quarterly,<br />

as well as the Electronic Discovery<br />

Committee’s own newsletter, E-Discovery<br />

Connection.<br />

From our numerous informative publications,<br />

to our series of topical webinars<br />

given throughout the year, to our advocacy<br />

among the leading e- discovery organizations<br />

and rule making bodies, <strong>DRI</strong>’s<br />

E- Discovery Committee is a dynamic, relevant,<br />

and respected group of professionals<br />

dedicated to providing a venue for <strong>DRI</strong><br />

members and their clients to collaborate<br />

with and support each other in e- discovery<br />

matters. If you are not already a member of<br />

the committee, I invite you to join and take<br />

advantage of the tremendous opportunities<br />

and resources that membership provides.<br />

Please contact me, John Jablonski, or our<br />

membership chair or vice chair, Tom Jones<br />

and Dave Walton, if you are interested in<br />

membership or in becoming a more active<br />

member. And please help us spread the<br />

word throughout the <strong>DRI</strong> community and<br />

especially to your colleagues who are not<br />

yet <strong>DRI</strong> members. Enjoy the articles that<br />

follow. —MSS<br />

Premises, from page 50<br />

sities of its customers to litter the floors<br />

and stairway with dangerous substances<br />

such as chewing gum”); Lingerfelt v. Winn-<br />

Dixie Texas, Inc., 645 P.2d at 489 (finding<br />

the key element of evidence was the testimony<br />

of three employees that strawberries<br />

normally were covered with cellophane<br />

for safety reasons); Cobb v. Skaggs Cos.,<br />

661 P.2d 73, 76–77 (Okla. Civ. App. 1982)<br />

(finding that jury could “find that [the defendant]<br />

created and maintained a fore-<br />

66 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

seeable, unreasonable risk by displaying<br />

the grapes in such a manner without the<br />

protection of a table guard or other protective<br />

scheme”); Corbin v. Safeway Stores,<br />

Inc., 648 S.W.2d at 294 (noting the defendant’s<br />

awareness “that the grape bin was<br />

an unusually hazardous and continual<br />

source of slippery material on which customers<br />

may fall”); Canfield v. Albertsons,<br />

Inc., 841 P.2d at 1227 (finding that when the<br />

defendant “chose a method of displaying<br />

and offering lettuce for sale where it was<br />

expected that third parties would remove<br />

and discard the outer leaves from heads of<br />

lettuce they intended to purchase… [i]t was<br />

reasonably foreseeable that… some leaves<br />

would fall or be dropped on the floor by<br />

customers thereby creating a dangerous<br />

condition”); Malaney v. Hannaford Bros.<br />

Co., 177 Vt. at 135, 861 A.2d 1069 (finding<br />

that the plaintiff had submitted sufficient<br />

evidence to avoid a directed verdict<br />

on the issue of “the reasonableness of the<br />

steps taken by [the] defendant to address


the known hazard posed by the grape display”);<br />

Ciminski v. Finn Corp., 13 Wash.<br />

App. at 823, 537 P.2d 850 (allowing the<br />

plaintiff to survive the defendant’s summary<br />

judgment motion by submitting “evidence<br />

that there tended to be spills in the<br />

area where she fell, and that the floor in<br />

this area was sometimes greasy”); Steinhorst<br />

v. H.C. Prange Co., supra, 48 Wis.<br />

2d at 684, 180 N.W.2d 525 (“unsafe condition<br />

here was substantially caused by the<br />

method used to display merchandise for<br />

sale,” namely, the self-serve shaving soap<br />

counter); Strack v. Great Atlantic & Pacific<br />

Tea Co., 35 Wis. 2d 51, 56, 150 N.W.2d 361<br />

(Wis. 1967) (finding that defendant’s liability<br />

rested on, among other things, “the<br />

manner in which the Italian prunes were<br />

displayed”); Buttrey Food Stores Division<br />

v. Coulson, 620 P.2d at 553 (“existence of<br />

water on the floor of the store premises<br />

was a reasonable probability because of<br />

the weather conditions”). So the rule will<br />

not apply in some situations because the<br />

hazardous condition was not related to any<br />

particular method of operation.<br />

In presenting a motion for a summary<br />

judgment on the grounds that a court<br />

should not apply the “mode of operation”<br />

rule, counsel for a retailer should attempt<br />

to distinguish the facts in the retailer’s<br />

particular case from cases in which courts<br />

have applied the “mode of operation” rule.<br />

As courts have for the most part limited<br />

the rule to situations involving “produce<br />

displays or other instances of unwrapped<br />

and/or ready to eat food that customers<br />

were encouraged to handle,” counsel needs<br />

to argue that the situation at hand does not<br />

involve a product that the customer was<br />

“encouraged to handle.” Fisher, 298 Conn.<br />

at 429. Overall, defense counsels for retailers<br />

should not feel that they cannot file<br />

summary judgment motions when plaintiffs’<br />

attorneys have based premises liability<br />

on “mode of operation” theories, although<br />

the rule clearly presents an additional hurdle<br />

and may make winning a summary<br />

judgment for defendants in cases involving<br />

falls more difficult to win.<br />

KEEP TRACK OF THIS<br />

AND ALL OF <strong>DRI</strong>’S<br />

CUTTING-EDGE CLE—<br />

Visit www.dri.org or<br />

call 312.795.1101 to<br />

register or for<br />

more information.<br />

RETAIL AND HOSPITALITY<br />

LITIGATION AND CLAIMS<br />

MANAGEMENT SEMINAR<br />

MAY 10–11, <strong>2012</strong><br />

SWISSÔTEL CHICAGO<br />

CHICAGO, ILLINOIS<br />

REASONS TO ATTEND<br />

Network with leaders from both the retail and hospitality industries<br />

Receive practical, innovative advice from both outside and in-house counsel that<br />

will impact your approach to the practice of law when representing the retail,<br />

hospitality and restaurant industries<br />

Hear from featured speakers, including the CEO of a major international claims<br />

manager, Sedgwick Inc.; in-house counsel with major retail companies; and a<br />

trial attorney who serves as an NFL referee—he will share his secrets of<br />

negotiating in the big leagues<br />

Obtain updates and best practices recommendations on the ever-changing<br />

Medicare requirements impacting workers’ compensation and liability litigation<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 67


Ethics, from page 62<br />

unteer as workers in community- based<br />

projects, or make significant financial contributions<br />

to deserving causes, our profession<br />

has much that it can and must give to<br />

make our respective communities and the<br />

world a better place for all.<br />

Finally, we might paraphrase and view<br />

Gandhi’s “politics without principle” as<br />

an all- encompassing legal sin summarizing<br />

the first six sins: “practice without<br />

principle.” Politicians seek ends, but<br />

how often have we witnessed the unfortunate<br />

results of the means by which they<br />

achieved those ends Likewise, the practice<br />

of law generally involves seeking a desired<br />

end, but lawyers must always ask by what<br />

means. <strong>The</strong> practice of law without principle<br />

may achieve the desired ends for a<br />

limited time. In the long run, however, lawyers<br />

would benefit from remembering the<br />

words attributed to Abraham Lincoln—<br />

himself a lawyer: “You can fool some of the<br />

people all of the time, and all of the people<br />

some of the time, but you cannot fool all of<br />

the people all of the time.”<br />

Shoplifters, from page 45<br />

power to avoid false imprisonment actions<br />

while still actively pursuing shoplifters<br />

should follow the steps listed below.<br />

1. Watch the shoplifter approach your<br />

merchandise;<br />

2. Watch the shoplifter select your<br />

merchandise;<br />

3. Watch the shoplifter conceal, carry away,<br />

or convert your merchandise;<br />

4. Maintain continuous observation of the<br />

shoplifter;<br />

5. Watch the shoplifter fail to pay for the<br />

merchandise; and<br />

6. Approach the shoplifter outside of the<br />

store.<br />

Chris E. McGoey, Shoplifting: Detention &<br />

Arrest, http://www.crimedoctor.com/shoplifting2.<br />

htm (last visited December 19, 2011).<br />

Conclusion<br />

Dealing with shoplifters can be tricky.<br />

Shoplifters steal from every kind of store,<br />

they steal items worth less than a dollar as<br />

well as very expensive items, and they often<br />

buy and steal more than one item. National<br />

Association of Shoplifting Prevention, supra.<br />

It’s certainly enough to keep retailers<br />

on their toes. However, by adhering to the<br />

above guidelines and by carefully training<br />

employees on these guidelines, retailers<br />

can detain suspected shoplifters and recover<br />

stolen merchandise without becoming<br />

civilly liable for false imprisonment. It’s<br />

not enough to eliminate shoplifting, but it’s<br />

certainly a step in the right direction.<br />

Members on the Move, from page 4<br />

ulations” in Texas Lawyer magazine in<br />

which discusses the Equal Employment Opportunity<br />

Commission’s issuance of regulations<br />

under the Americans with Disabilities<br />

Act Amendments Act (ADAAA). According<br />

to Mr. Neal, “<strong>The</strong> new regulations put teeth<br />

into the ADAAA’s goal of making it easier<br />

to meet one of the three tests for ‘disability’<br />

needed for coverage under the Americans<br />

With Disabilities Act (ADA).” Mr. Neal is a<br />

partner in Thompson & Knight’s Labor and<br />

Employment Practice Group and focuses on<br />

labor and employment law, civil appellate<br />

law, school law, and civil rights matters. He<br />

represents management in all aspects of administrative,<br />

trial, and appellate labor and<br />

employment work and counseling. He is involved<br />

in numerous professional and civic<br />

organizations and has been recognized in<br />

the <strong>2012</strong> Best Lawyers in America, as well<br />

as named to Texas Super Lawyers for multiple<br />

years. Mr. Neal is board certified in<br />

both labor and employment law and civil<br />

appellate law by the Texas Board of Legal<br />

Specialization.<br />

Sammi L. Renken has been elected as<br />

an equity shareholder at the law firm of<br />

Johnson & Bell, Ltd., in Chicago. Ms. Renken<br />

concentrates her practice in health<br />

care professional liability, including medical<br />

malpractice, legal malpractice involving<br />

<strong>DRI</strong> Removal Deskbook—<br />

Getting Your Case to Federal Court<br />

Among the initial questions a lawyer encounters in the defense of any<br />

lawsuit are whether the action is removable and whether the option to<br />

remove should be exercised. This new publication provides useful guidance,<br />

examining the right to remove generally, jurisdictional requirements<br />

for removal, removal procedure, waiver of the right to remove,<br />

post-removal procedures and appellate review of remand orders.<br />

Visit the Bookstore<br />

at www.<strong>DRI</strong>.org to<br />

order or call<br />

312.795.1101 for<br />

more information.<br />

underlying health care litigation, medical<br />

product liability, and nursing home<br />

litigation. Ms. Renken has successfully<br />

defended a variety of practitioners on licensure<br />

issues before the Illinois Department<br />

of Financial and Professional Regulation,<br />

and has defended multiple area hospitals,<br />

clinics, long term care facilities, urgent<br />

care centers, group homes for minors with<br />

developmental disability, same day surgery<br />

centers, and individual physicians<br />

and nurses. She has also defended claims<br />

across the spectrum of health care litigation<br />

including birth injury, pharmaceutical<br />

and medical device product liability<br />

claims, cardiac care, emergency medicine,<br />

EMTALA claims, anesthesia related<br />

complications, surgical perforation and<br />

retained sponge claims, delay in cancer<br />

diagnosis, decubitus ulcer/wound care,<br />

plastic surgery claims, spinal cord injury,<br />

psychiatric care, restraints, organ transplantation,<br />

and medication error claims.<br />

Ms. Renken has participated in all aspects<br />

of cases that have gone to verdict in the Circuit<br />

Court of Cook County and the United<br />

States District Court for the Northern District<br />

of Illinois.<br />

Marge Motluck<br />

68 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong>


Think Globally, from page 61<br />

ing to encompass the same classes or class<br />

members. In August 2011, a national class<br />

actions task force, in consultation with the<br />

judiciary, passed a protocol for coordinating<br />

class actions. Among other things, the<br />

protocol sets out a mechanism to coordinate<br />

settlement approvals in related class<br />

actions brought in different provinces. <strong>The</strong><br />

Canadian courts have not formally adopted<br />

the protocol and even if adopted it will not<br />

have the force of law.<br />

Class actions can be expensive for all<br />

parties. Further, under the “loser-pays”<br />

costs system available to varying degrees<br />

in Canadian jurisdictions, unsuccessful<br />

representative plaintiffs may have to pay<br />

significant portions of defendants’ costs.<br />

Previously, representative plaintiffs would<br />

rely on class counsel or a governmentsponsored<br />

fund for financial support and<br />

indemnification. And one Ontario court<br />

recently approved a third-party indemnification<br />

agreement whereby the third<br />

party agreed to indemnify the representative<br />

plaintiff in the event of an adverse<br />

costs award in exchange for a percentage<br />

of the recovery if the plaintiff received one.<br />

Dugal v. Manulife Financial Corp., 2011<br />

ONSC 1785. <strong>The</strong> additional resources available<br />

from third-party funders probably will<br />

further encourage plaintiffs to commence<br />

class actions in Canada by removing the<br />

risk to representative plaintiffs associated<br />

with adverse costs awards.<br />

Legislative changes over the last decade<br />

have introduced new or expanded bases<br />

of civil liability. <strong>For</strong> example securitiesrelated<br />

class actions have seen significant<br />

change. <strong>The</strong> availability of certain previously<br />

unavailable causes of action has<br />

encouraged the increase in class actions<br />

in Canada by expanding the range of<br />

claims that plaintiffs may assert against<br />

defendants. <strong>For</strong> example, amendments to<br />

Ontario securities legislation now permit<br />

secondary market purchasers of securities<br />

to sue issuers and other market participants<br />

for misrepresentations in disclosure<br />

documents. Since the introduction of these<br />

amendments, courts have certified a number<br />

of class actions asserting causes of<br />

action on behalf of secondary market purchasers.<br />

Silver v. Imax, 2009 CarswellOnt<br />

7873 (SCJ); Dobbie v. Arctic Glacier Income<br />

Fund, 2011 ONSC 25 (SCJ).<br />

U.S. companies and the class actions<br />

bar should be aware of these developments<br />

in the Canadian class actions landscape,<br />

which have led both to an increase in the<br />

number of class actions commenced in<br />

Canada and in the scope of classes that<br />

Canadian courts certify.<br />

Records Mgmt., from page 23<br />

whenever litigation is anticipated probably<br />

is the only way for litigants to demonstrate<br />

that they have discharged their preservation<br />

obligations properly in federal courts.<br />

In the words of the Pension Committee<br />

opinion, “<strong>The</strong> failure to issue a written legal<br />

hold constitutes gross negligence.”<br />

Fifth, enforce and examine the effectiveness<br />

of the legal hold. Ensuring the legal<br />

hold process is effective once it is under<br />

way requires diligence and follow up. As<br />

with any form of effective communication,<br />

an organization must take steps to ensure<br />

and track the receipt, understanding, and<br />

acceptance of the custodians of their duty<br />

to preserve.<br />

Sixth, modify the legal hold. Issuing a<br />

legal hold is rarely a “one and done” deal.<br />

A duty to preserve evidence evolves as new<br />

facts come to light. At this stage, attorneys<br />

familiar with a case leading to a legal hold<br />

should interview the key players to ascertain<br />

their involvement. Reviewing initial<br />

evidence, often referred to as “early evidence<br />

assessment,” can help an organization<br />

understand the types and quantity of<br />

data that it may need to collect. <strong>The</strong> scope<br />

of a legal hold or the instructions for preserving<br />

data often changes as an organization<br />

gathers more information. New<br />

custodians may be identified, while others<br />

can be released from the duty to preserve<br />

if the situation warrants it.<br />

Seventh, monitor and remove the legal<br />

hold. It is also important to continue to<br />

monitor a legal hold over time. At a minimum,<br />

a court will expect an organization<br />

to send periodic and routine reminders to<br />

custodians to ensure their ongoing awareness<br />

of the need to preserve data. When an<br />

organization expects custodians to continue<br />

to preserve data diligently, sending<br />

occasional reminders is certainly warranted.<br />

Once the duty to preserve no longer<br />

exists—a case settles, regulators conclude<br />

an investigation, or a trial resolves a case—<br />

the obligation to preserve relevant documents<br />

and data also goes away. At this<br />

point, it is important to remove the legal<br />

hold. An organization should send a notice<br />

to custodians releasing them from the<br />

obligation to preserve information and<br />

stating that the routine retention policies<br />

of the organization can be resumed.<br />

Further, an organization at that point can<br />

destroy expired documents and records<br />

as long as they do not fall within the scope<br />

of a concurrently pending but separate<br />

legal hold.<br />

Creating an Effective Legal Hold<br />

Policy Involves Four Steps<br />

A comprehensive records- management<br />

policy requires creating, implementing,<br />

and adhering to a legal hold policy. Here<br />

are steps that companies can take to protect<br />

themselves in light of recent case law.<br />

First, deploy a legal hold management<br />

process. Ensure a consistent and defensible<br />

process is in place to reliably issue<br />

legal hold notifications and track custodial<br />

compliance with the hold instructions—<br />

and apply those processes consistently. As<br />

with information governance, reinforce<br />

that a transparent and repeatable process,<br />

consistently applied regardless of venue<br />

or type of legal matter, becomes far easier<br />

to defend than the actions of individuals.<br />

Having a reliable and consistent audit trail<br />

can also help.<br />

Second, establish a legal hold oversight<br />

committee if an organization hasn’t already<br />

done so. Responding to a preservation obligation<br />

is an interdisciplinary exercise that<br />

should involve representatives from the<br />

records management, legal, information<br />

technology, and human resources departments<br />

as well as compliance administrators.<br />

Needless to say, having these groups<br />

learn to collaborate in the midst of a highstakes<br />

legal or regulatory response is not<br />

an optimal strategy for success. Rather, put<br />

these teams in place today and establish a<br />

repeatable, documented process for invoking<br />

the team as needed.<br />

<strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong> ■ 69


Third, reassess and update information<br />

governance and a records- retention plan.<br />

Knowing where data resides that may become<br />

relevant to litigation or a government<br />

investigation in the future is critical to data<br />

preservation efforts. Responding in a timely<br />

manner requires proactively establishing a<br />

process for identifying the data that an organization<br />

needs to preserve, where it resides,<br />

and who has responsibility for the<br />

data. Furthermore, a data- mapping process<br />

can help focus and prioritize information<br />

governance initiatives to reduce and<br />

eliminate obsolete or redundant data before<br />

a duty to preserve it arises. An effective<br />

legal hold management process also allows<br />

an organization to identify data repositories<br />

and areas of the organization quickly that<br />

others will want from an organization most<br />

frequently during litigation discovery and<br />

that an organization has a duty to preserve.<br />

Fourth, educate employees about and<br />

train them on legal holds. An effective legal<br />

hold process depends on the actions of custodians<br />

and data stewards to suspend routine<br />

destruction or alteration of relevant<br />

data. A well-crafted legal hold notice that<br />

clearly and concisely instructs employees<br />

how to act and a process to ensure that<br />

they receive and understand a legal hold<br />

notice are critical elements of reasonable<br />

and good faith preservation. Organizations<br />

that educate and train employees will<br />

reap the investment benefits by improving<br />

the efficiency and effectiveness of their<br />

efforts. Look for opportunities to incorporate<br />

such training into new employee orientations<br />

or annual ethics and compliance<br />

training sessions. Introduce employees to<br />

sample legal holds and walk them through<br />

what an organization expects from them in<br />

response. Consider including a reference to<br />

legal holds in the employee policy and procedures<br />

handbook.<br />

Conclusion<br />

<strong>The</strong> old adage “an ounce of prevention is<br />

worth a pound of cure” is the best way<br />

to understand the role that a recordsmanagement<br />

policy plays in evidence preservation<br />

and ultimately the e- discovery<br />

process. In managing where an organization<br />

stores records, how long the organization<br />

keeps them, and when the company<br />

will destroy them, a company can effectively<br />

minimize its exposure to spoliation<br />

risks as well as minimize the costs of<br />

e- discovery. As shown, taking small steps<br />

to make sure a company complies with an<br />

existing records- management policy or<br />

creating a new more effective policy will go<br />

a long way toward protecting a company in<br />

the long run.<br />

Detention, from page 60<br />

the Director of National Intelligence, that<br />

the government to which the individual is<br />

to be transferred is not a state sponsor of<br />

terrorism, is capable of exercising control<br />

over the detainee and preventing him or<br />

her from engaging in terrorist activity, and<br />

agrees to share with the United States any<br />

information that is related to the detainee<br />

or his or her associates or that “could affect<br />

the security of the United States, its citizens,<br />

or its allies.” Pursuant to Section<br />

1033 an innocent detainee who is not facing<br />

prosecution under either military or civilian<br />

law, and who is not considered by the<br />

military to be subject to ongoing detention<br />

under the AUMF, could languish at Guantanamo<br />

Bay simply because the Secretary<br />

of <strong>Defense</strong> is unable to certify that his or<br />

her home country will share its intelligence<br />

information with the United States. Not<br />

only does Section 1033 represent an intrusion<br />

into the sovereignty of other nations,<br />

it represents an unwarranted interference<br />

with the executive branch’s need to have<br />

discretion in deciding the circumstances<br />

under which detainees should be released<br />

from Guantanamo Bay.<br />

Section 1033 also creates a disconnect<br />

between the powers granted by the AUMF,<br />

which authorizes the President to use all<br />

appropriate force, and the provisions of<br />

Section 1033, which strip the President<br />

of any power to determine what happens<br />

to terrorism suspects once the force is<br />

applied. In Hamdi v. Rumsfeld, 542 U.S.<br />

507, 518 (2004), the Supreme Court held<br />

that the detention of enemy combatants<br />

for the duration of the conflict is a lawful<br />

exercise of the necessary and appropriate<br />

force provisions of the AUMF. Thus,<br />

those who oppose the measure contend<br />

that Section 1033 is an end run around a<br />

lawful system of detention and release and<br />

interferes with the President’s need to balance<br />

important foreign policy and national<br />

security concerns. It conflicts with and is<br />

apparently intended to supersede Executive<br />

Order 13492, dated January 22, 2009,<br />

which vested the Secretary of <strong>Defense</strong> in<br />

consultation with others the determination<br />

of “whether it is possible to transfer or<br />

release the individuals consistent with the<br />

national security and foreign policy interests<br />

of the United States, and, if so, whether<br />

and how the Secretary of <strong>Defense</strong> may<br />

effect their transfer or release.” See Executive<br />

Order No. 13492, 74 Fed. Reg. 4898<br />

at §4 (Jan. 22, 2009). Finally, countries<br />

that may have otherwise been willing to<br />

accept Guantanamo detainees may refuse<br />

to do so simply as a result of the condi-<br />

tions attached to the release. Thus, Section<br />

1033 creates a very real risk that innocent<br />

persons who have not been tried and who<br />

are not deemed to be subject to continued<br />

detention under the AUMF could languish<br />

at Guantanamo indefinitely.<br />

Those who support the measure argue<br />

that terrorists have been released from<br />

Guantanamo Bay only to re-emerge as<br />

enemy combatants against the United<br />

States in subsequent terrorist attacks. Thus,<br />

creating barriers to decisions that may<br />

be motivated by a political desire to close<br />

Guantanamo Bay is necessary to preserve<br />

our national security.<br />

Conclusion<br />

Sections 1031, 1032 and 1033 of the NDAA<br />

reflect an ongoing struggle to find the<br />

appropriate balance between protecting<br />

our country from terrorist attacks and preserving<br />

the constitutional rights that our<br />

country has always stood for. Opponents<br />

contend that we can accomplish both our<br />

national security concerns and our commitment<br />

to justice by utilizing the variety<br />

of law enforcement tools already available<br />

to us. Supporters of the disputed sections<br />

claim that national security must come<br />

first and that the military is best suited to<br />

deal with issues of national security.<br />

70 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong>


■ ENGAGE ■ CONNECT ■ GROW ■ LEARN ■<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>DRI</strong> Community<br />

UPCOMING CLE<br />

March 8–9<br />

MEDICAL LIABILITY<br />

AND HEALTH<br />

CARE LAW<br />

Presented by <strong>DRI</strong>’s Medical<br />

Liability and Health<br />

Care Law Committee<br />

Hilton New Orleans Riverside<br />

New Orleans, LA<br />

March 28–30<br />

INSURANCE COVERAGE<br />

AND CLAIMS INSTITUTE<br />

Presented by <strong>DRI</strong>’s<br />

Insurance Law Committee<br />

<strong>The</strong> Westin Michigan Avenue<br />

Chicago, IL<br />

March 14–16<br />

TRIAL TACTICS<br />

Presented by <strong>DRI</strong>’s Trial<br />

Tactics Committee<br />

Bally’s Las Vegas<br />

Las Vegas, NV<br />

April 11–13<br />

PRODUCT LIABILITY<br />

CONFERENCE<br />

Presented by <strong>DRI</strong>’s Product<br />

Liability Committee<br />

<strong>The</strong> Venetian Palazzo Hotel<br />

Las Vegas, NV<br />

March 14–16<br />

RAINMAKING<br />

Presented by <strong>DRI</strong>’s Law<br />

Practice Management<br />

Committee<br />

Bally’s Las Vegas<br />

Las Vegas, NV<br />

April 25–27<br />

LIFE, HEALTH,<br />

DISABILITY AND<br />

ERISA CLAIMS<br />

Presented by <strong>DRI</strong>’s Life, Health<br />

and Disability Committee<br />

Swissôtel Chicago<br />

Chicago, IL<br />

Visit http://dri.org/Events/Seminars<br />

or call 312.795.1101 to register for more information.


advocates<br />

John A. Aberasturi,<br />

Reno, NV<br />

Patricia O’Connell Alvarez,<br />

Laredo, TX<br />

Edmund J. Benson,<br />

Lexington, KY<br />

Kevin M. Brown,<br />

Albuquerque, NM<br />

Jessica J. Burgasser,<br />

Buffalo, NY<br />

Dale Conder, Jr.,<br />

Jackson, TN<br />

Tracy Jonathan Cowan,<br />

Saint Louis, MO<br />

Thomas Joseph D’Amato,<br />

San Francisco, CA<br />

Stephen H. DiNolfo,<br />

Naperville, IL<br />

Mary Jane Dobbs,<br />

Roseland, NJ<br />

George D. Fagan,<br />

New Orleans, LA<br />

Calvin R. Fulkerson,<br />

Lexington, KY<br />

Jennine Gerrard,<br />

New York, NY<br />

Linda Wendell Hsu,<br />

San Francisco, CA<br />

Brian J. Huelsmann,<br />

Edwardsville, IL<br />

Julye Johns, Atlanta, GA<br />

Thomas M. Jones,<br />

Seattle, WA<br />

Michael B. Kass,<br />

Saint Louis, MO<br />

Nandor B. Krause,<br />

Walnut Creek, CA<br />

Michael M. Marick,<br />

Chicago, IL<br />

Dianna McCarthy,<br />

New York, NY<br />

Advocates and New Members<br />

Each month, <strong>DRI</strong> welcomes new members from the United States and Canada and abroad. Some of these new<br />

members have been recommended by current members actively involved in advancing goals shared by <strong>DRI</strong>. Any<br />

individual who recommends a new member is recognized as an “Advocate” for <strong>DRI</strong>.<br />

John W. McConnell III,<br />

Los Angeles, CA<br />

Laurie J. McLeRoy,<br />

Milwaukee, WI<br />

Peter C. Munger,<br />

Toledo, OH<br />

Robert B. Nussbaum,<br />

Florham Park, NJ<br />

Mark A. Perkins,<br />

Shreveport, LA<br />

Karen Painter Randall,<br />

Roseland, NJ<br />

Seth A. Rider, Denver, CO<br />

Neil H. Selman,<br />

Los Angeles, CA<br />

Paul R. Smith,<br />

Minneapolis, MN<br />

Anne M. Talcott,<br />

Portland, OR<br />

Melissa Roberts Tannery,<br />

Richmond, VA<br />

John R. Trigg, Denver, CO<br />

Rebecca Christina Wall,<br />

Atlanta, GA<br />

Jere Bennett White,<br />

Birmingham, AL<br />

New Members<br />

Alabama<br />

William S. Starnes, Jr.,<br />

Birmingham<br />

72 ■ <strong>For</strong> <strong>The</strong> <strong>Defense</strong> ■ <strong>February</strong> <strong>2012</strong><br />

California<br />

<strong>The</strong>da C. Snyder,<br />

Beverly Hills<br />

Jason N. Cirlin, Los Angeles<br />

Mark Eric Inbody,<br />

San Francisco<br />

Steven A. Kronenberg,<br />

San Francisco<br />

Ryan Opgenorth,<br />

San Francisco<br />

Jeffrey Barton Soderborg,<br />

San Francisco<br />

Chad D. Greeson,<br />

Walnut Creek<br />

Colorado<br />

Patricia C. Campbell,<br />

Denver<br />

Tory D. Riter, Denver<br />

John Mark Vaught, Denver<br />

Connecticut<br />

Peter E. Strniste, Jr.,<br />

Hartford<br />

Dove A.E. Burns, Stamford<br />

District of Columbia<br />

Jonathan F. Cohn,<br />

Washington<br />

Joshua Daniel Greenberg,<br />

Washington<br />

Florida<br />

Patrick M. Causey, Tampa<br />

Richard Mangan, Tampa<br />

Georgia<br />

Kim Ruder, Atlanta<br />

Taylor Chamberlin Tribble,<br />

Atlanta<br />

Idaho<br />

Bently G. Stromberg,<br />

Lewiston<br />

Illinois<br />

Michael J. Conte, Chicago<br />

Mary E. Fechtig, Chicago<br />

Antonio Joseph Fricano,<br />

Chicago<br />

Patrick J. Giese, Chicago<br />

Angie Marie Grove,<br />

Chicago<br />

James H. Kallianis, Jr.,<br />

Chicago<br />

Susan V. King, Chicago<br />

Ben M. Llaneta, Jr., Chicago<br />

Steven M. Sandler, Chicago<br />

John Zulkey, Chicago<br />

Eric P. Hall, Edwardsville<br />

Sherin Joharifard,<br />

Edwardsville<br />

Derek William McCullough,<br />

Lawrenceville<br />

W. Anthony Andrews,<br />

Naperville<br />

Kentucky<br />

William J. George, Lexington<br />

David A. Trevey, Lexington<br />

Jamie L. Wilhite, Lexington<br />

Louisiana<br />

Jessica S. Allain,<br />

Baton Rouge<br />

Margaret F. Swetman,<br />

New Orleans<br />

Christopher T. Baker,<br />

Shreveport<br />

Maryland<br />

Rebecca A. Romig, Baltimore<br />

James O. Spiker IV,<br />

Baltimore<br />

Michael Bergamini, Towson<br />

Massachusetts<br />

Ben N. Dunlap, Boston<br />

David Fialkow, Boston<br />

Stephen G. Troiano, Boston<br />

Michigan<br />

Laura C. Baucus,<br />

Bloomfield Hills<br />

John C. Boufford, Detroit<br />

Natalie L. Yaw, Detroit<br />

Johanna Novak, Marquette<br />

Minnesota<br />

Melissa L. Hagstrum,<br />

Minneapolis<br />

Laura Tushaus, Minneapolis<br />

Missouri<br />

John A. Vering III,<br />

Kansas City<br />

John Bruegger, Saint Louis<br />

Nevada<br />

Eric D. Hone, Las Vegas<br />

Brett Allen Dieffenbach,<br />

Reno<br />

New Jersey<br />

Michael H. Cohen,<br />

Florham Park<br />

Lisa C. Wood, Florham Park<br />

Margriet Schaberg,<br />

Morristown<br />

Thomas W. Randall,<br />

Westwood<br />

New Mexico<br />

Desiree D. Gurule,<br />

Albuquerque<br />

New York<br />

Carrie R. McElroy, Buffalo<br />

Donald J. Cayea, New York<br />

Mitchell A. Greene, New York<br />

Andrew R. Jones, New York<br />

Dianna McCarthy, New York<br />

Brian S. Wolosky, Tarrytown<br />

North Carolina<br />

Joseph Andrew Vossen,<br />

Wilkesboro<br />

Ohio<br />

George S. Coakley,<br />

Cleveland<br />

Patricia F. Krewson,<br />

Cleveland<br />

Lisa A. Bucher, Toledo<br />

Pennsylvania<br />

Randy J. Maniloff,<br />

Philadelphia<br />

Bryan Petrilla,<br />

West Conshohocken<br />

South Dakota<br />

Alex M. Hagen, Sioux Falls<br />

Melissa Jelen, Sioux Falls<br />

Tennessee<br />

Boyd Patterson, Hixson<br />

Matthew R. Courtner,<br />

Jackson<br />

Taylor A. Williams, Knoxville<br />

Texas<br />

Michael Alan Choyke,<br />

Houston<br />

Mary Alice Parsons, Houston<br />

Keith A. Kendall,<br />

San Antonio<br />

Utah<br />

Bryan J. Pattison,<br />

Saint George<br />

Vermont<br />

Thomas Silvio Valente,<br />

Rutland<br />

Virginia<br />

John B. Mumford, Glen Allen<br />

Jennifer L. Stevens,<br />

Virginia Beach<br />

Washington<br />

Joseph Derrig, Seattle<br />

Jennifer R. Porto, Seattle<br />

Sean V. Walton, Seattle<br />

West Virginia<br />

Anna Maria Strange,<br />

Morgantown<br />

Wisconsin<br />

Michael L. Johnson,<br />

Milwaukee<br />

Neal Schall Krokosky,<br />

Milwaukee


We’ve investigated thousands of fires.<br />

Some of them were even accidents.<br />

Fire Investigators. Electrical, Mechanical, Civil and Fire<br />

Protection Engineers. Laboratory Chemists and<br />

Technicians. S-E-A brings a remarkable team into action<br />

with a comprehensive and systematic process to reveal<br />

a fire’s point of origin and cause. It’s something we’ve<br />

been called in to do for over 40 years.<br />

relationships of elements present within a particular fire.<br />

Do a little digging yourself. You’ll find that the long list of<br />

clients who wouldn’t settle for anything less than S-E-A’s<br />

investigative experience, scientific expertise and ethical<br />

standards is no accident.<br />

<strong>The</strong> resulting S-E-A report gives an unbiased,<br />

clearly written and easily understood<br />

document stating conclusively the cause-effect<br />

Visit www.SEAlimited.com or call Jason Baker<br />

at 800-782-6851 for more details.<br />

800-782-6851<br />

<br />

Scientific Expert Analysis<br />

© <strong>2012</strong><br />

www.SEAlimited.com


Deciding the direction of Medicare Set-Asides<br />

just became a lot easier.<br />

GRG RESOLUTION & COMPLIANCE PROGRAM<br />

Building on a decade of experience providing Medicare Set-Aside (MSA) services, Garretson Resolution Group launches an innovative<br />

online-based tool, the MSA Decision Engine. It simplifies the first step that evaluates whether an MSA is appropriate by guiding you<br />

through a series of simple questions and steps. <strong>The</strong> result is a comprehensive, fast and compliant<br />

recommendation to ensure Medicare’s future interests are properly considered.<br />

To learn more about our full suite of MSA services visit our website garretsongroup.com<br />

NEW<br />

or call toll-free 888-556-7526.<br />

1 EVALUATE 2 ALLOCATE 3 SUBMIT<br />

©<strong>2012</strong> Garretson Resolution Group.

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!